H - Parker Hannifin - Solutions for the Truck Industry

Mobile 

Accessory Valves 

Catalog HY14-2405/US

Catalog HY14-2405/US 

Contents 

catalog-cvr.p65, dd 

Mobile Accessory Valves 

Series and Description Page 

CFD 

Technical Information ............................................................................................................................................ 1 

Ordering Information ............................................................................................................................................. 1 

Dimensions ........................................................................................................................................................... 2 

CFDA 



Dimensions ........................................................................................................................................................... 4 

DC25 



Dimensions ........................................................................................................................................................... 6 

DS12, DS75 



Dimensions ........................................................................................................................................................... 8 

DWV 



Dimensions ..........................................................................................................................................................10 

DXV 

Technical Information ...........................................................................................................................................11 

Ordering Information ............................................................................................................................................11 

Dimensions ..........................................................................................................................................................12 

HP 



Dimensions ..........................................................................................................................................................15 

Performance Curve ..............................................................................................................................................15 

WARNING 

II 

Continued on next page 

FAILURE OR IMPROPER SELECTION OR IMPROPER USE OF THE PRODUCTS AND/OR SYSTEMS DESCRIBED HEREIN OR RELATED ITEMS CAN CAUSE DEATH, 

PERSONAL INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE. 

This document and other information from Parker Hannifin Corporation, its subsidiaries and authorized distributors provide product and/or system options for further investigation by 

users having technical expertise. It is important that you analyze all aspects of your application and review the information concerning the product or system in the current product 

catalog. Due to the variety of operating conditions and applications for these products or systems, the user, through its own analysis and testing, is solely responsible for making the 

final selection of the products and systems and assuring that all performance, safety and warning requirements of the application are met. 

The products described herein, including without limitation, product features, specifications, designs, availability and pricing, are subject to change by Parker Hannifin Corporation 

and its subsidiaries at any time without notice. 

The items described in this document are hereby offered for sale by Parker Hannifin Corporation, its subsidiaries or its authorized distributors. This offer and its acceptance are governed 

by the provisions stated in the "Offer of Sale". 

© Copyright 2005 Parker Hannifin Corporation, All Rights Reserved 

Offer of Sale 

Parker Hannifin Corporation 

Hydraulic Valve Division 

Elyria, Ohio, USA


Contents 

catalog-cvr.p65, dd 


Series and Description Page 

LO 



Dimensions ..........................................................................................................................................................17 

LOA 



Dimensions ..........................................................................................................................................................19 

PD and PDC 



Dimensions ..........................................................................................................................................................21 

RPJL 



Dimensions ..........................................................................................................................................................23 


RPL 



Dimensions ..........................................................................................................................................................25 


S, H, SM and HM 



Dimensions .................................................................................................................................................. 28 - 29 

Performance Curves ............................................................................................................................................30 

WJL 



Dimensions ..........................................................................................................................................................32 

Performance Curves ............................................................................................................................................32 

Offer of Sale ...........................................................................................................................................................33 

III 



Elyria, Ohio, USA



Technical Information Series CFD 

General Description 

Series CFD flow controls are a constant volume, 

priority-type flow control designed for power steering. 

Operation 

Flow enters the valve through the inlet. The spool 

orifice size is fixed and determines flow from the 

controlled flow port. When controlled flow demand is 

satisfied, the balance of the inlet flow passes through 

the excess flow port and returns to the tank. The 

excess flow port is not a work port and must not be 

pressurized. In addition, flow cannot be reversed 

through the excess flow port. 

Flow through the controlled port can be reversed, but it 

is not pressure compensated. 

Features 

• 

Fixed flow rate 

Cross drilled spool provides extremely accurate metering 

Hardened metering spool 

High tensile, cast iron body 

Specifications 

Input Flow 

Operating Pressure 

56.25 LPM (15 GPM) 

SAE Ports 177 Bar (2500 PSI) 

NPTF Ports 138 Bar (2000 PSI) 

Minimum 

Compensation 

Pressure 

3.45 Bar (50 PSI) 

Operating Nitrile Seals: 

Temperature -40°C to +93°C 

Range (Ambient) (-40°F to +200°F) 

Material Body – High strength cast iron 

Filtration ISO Code 16/13 

SAE Class 4 or better 

Mounting Position In-line; no restrictions 

CFD.p65, dd 

1 

CF 

Ordering Information 

CFD 

Constant 

Volume 

Priority Flow 

Control 

P 

Port Size 

EF 

Code CF Port EF Port P Port T Port 

10 SAE-8 SAE-10 SAE-10 3/8" NPTF 

50 3/8" NPTF 1/2" NPTF 1/2" NPTF 3/8" NPTF 

75 1/2" NPTF 3/4" NPTF 3/4" NPTF 3/8" NPTF 

Service Parts 

SAE - 10 plug 10HP50V-S 

SAE - 4 plug 4HP50V-S 

Spool Seal 3910N-7 

Note: The body and the internal parts are 

non-service items. 

CF EF 



Elyria, Ohio, USA 

Controlled 

Flow 

Code Description 

1 3.75 LPM (1.0 GPM) 

1.5 5.63 LPM (1.5 GPM) 

2 7.5 LPM (2 GPM) 

3 11.25 LPM (3 GPM) 

4 15 LPM (4 GPM) 

5 18.75 LPM (5 GPM) 

P



Dimensions Series CFD 

Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) 

CFD.p65, dd 

6.4 

(0.25) 

11.2 

(0.44) 

33.3 

(1.31) 

11.2 

(0.44) 

58.7 

(2.31) 

153.9 

(6.06) 

87.2 

(3.44) 

87.3 

(3.44) 

141.2 

(5.56) 

2 

11.2 

(0.44) 

33.3 

(1.31) 

79.5 

(3.13) 

Mounting Bolt Holes 

2 places 

8.81 

(0.35) 

101.6 

(4.00) 

47.8 

(1.88) 

38.1 

(1.50) 




23.9 

(0.94)



Technical Information Series CFDA 


Series CFDA flow controls offer a dependable means 

of obtaining flow adjustment up to 56.25 LPM 

(15 GPM). It provides easy manual control where 

frequent flow change is required. Pressure compensation 

provides a smooth, constant output flow regardless 

of pressure changes at the controlled flow port. 

Operation 

Flow enters the valve through the inlet. Rotating the 

adjusting knob varies the flow from the controlled flow 

port. When controlled flow demand is satisfied, the 

balance of the inlet flow passes through the excess 

flow port and returns to the tank. The excess flow port 

is not a work port and must not be pressurized. 

Flow through the controlled port can be reversed, but 

is not pressure compensated. 

Features 

• Adjustable flow rate 

Cross drilled spool provides extremely accurate metering 




Input Flow 


56.25 LPM (15 GPM) 



Flow Adjustment 6 turns of knob from minimum to 

Range maximum flow 








CFDA.p65, dd 

3 


CFDA 

Pressure 

Compensated 

Bypass Type 

Flow Control 

Service Parts 

Port Size 

Knob 03236001 

Seal Knob Cap 3910N-7 




10 SAE-10 (3/4" - 16 UNF) 

50 1/2" - 14 NPT 

75 3/4" - 14 NPT 



Elyria, Ohio, USA



Dimensions Series CFDA 


6.4 

(0.25) 

CFDA.p65, dd 

11.2 

(0.44) 

33.3 

(1.31) 

141.2 

(5.56) 

58.7 

(2.31) 

87.3 

(3.44) 

Approx 

174.8 

(6.88) 

87.2 

(3.44) 

153.9 

(6.06) 

4 

11.2 

(0.44) 

33.3 

(1.31) 101.6 

(4.00) 

79.5 

(3.13) 

Mounting Bolt Holes 

2 places 

8.81 

(0.35) 

47.8 

(1.88) 

38.1 

(1.50) 




23.9 

(0.94)



Technical Information Series DC25 


Series DC25 accessory valves are priority flow controls. 

They are designed for applications where 

two separate hydraulic circuits are to be served from 

a single pump. The valve provides a priority flow to 

the primary (CF) circuit, and an excess flow to a 

secondary (EF) circuit or to the tank. When the excess 

flow port is plugged, the valve will function as a 

restrictive-type, pressure compensated flow control. 

Features 

• 

Excess flow can be used in a secondary circuit 



Input Flow 112.5 LPM (30 GPM) 

Adjustable Controlled 

Flow Range 3.75-97.5 LPM (1-26 GPM) 

Accuracy of ± 10% @ 11.25 LPM (3 GPM) 

Adjustment or greater 

Operating Pressure SAE Ports 

210 Bar (3000 PSI) 

DC25.p65, dd 

NPTF Ports 

138 Bar (2000 PSI) 

Minimum 

Operating Pressure 4.8 Bar (70 PSI) 

Operating Temperature Nitrile Seals: -40°C to +93°C 



Spool – Hardened and ground 

steel 

Filtration ISO Code 16/13, SAE Class 4 

or better 


Knob Rotation 360° full adjustment 

5 

Excess Flow Controlled Flow 

Operation 

Inlet 

Flow enters the inlet port and passes through an 

adjustable control orifice. The control orifice can be 

varied externally in the adjustable version. 

Flow through the adjustable control orifice causes a 

pressure drop which is sensed across the compensator 

spool. Excess flow across the compensator spool 

increases the pressure drop across it. This changes 

the pressure drop and shifts the spool allowing it to 

maintain priority flow and diverting more flow to the 

excess flow port. When pressure in the excess flow 

port exceeds the pressure in the controlled flow port, 

the spool will also shift to maintain the required priority 

flow to the primary circuit. 

If the controlled flow port is blocked, the compensator 

spool will return to the closed position, allowing no flow 

through the valve. 



Elyria, Ohio, USA



Ordering Information Series DC25 

DC25 A 

Priority Flow 

Control 

DC25.p65, dd 

Flow Control 

Adjustment 

Knob 

Adjustment 

Port Size 


10 SAE-10 

12 SAE-12 

50 1/2" NPTF 

75 3/4" NPTF 

Dimensions 


#12 SAE Ports 

1-1/16 UN-2B Thread 

3 Places 

113.5 

(4.47) 

88.9 

(3.50) 

9.5 

(0.38) 

63.5 

(2.50) 

26.2 

(1.03) 

Inlet 

167.1 (6.58) 

.350 Diameter thru 

Mtg Hole - 2 Places 

26.2 

(1.03) 

EF CF 

6 

Service Parts 

Relief Valve Kits 

34 to 86 Bar (500 to 1250 PSI) 20089001 

121 to 138 Bar (1750 to 2000 PSI) 20089004 

138 to 179 Bar (2000 to 2600 PSI) 20089005 

(SAE ported 

valves only) 

179 to 207 Bar (2600 to 3000 PSI) 20089006 

(SAE ported 

valves only) 

Knob Kit 00712017 

Note: The body and the spool are not service items. 

61.9 

(2.44) 

35.7 

(1.41) 



Elyria, Ohio, USA



Technical Information Series DS 


Series DS12 and DS75 accessory valves are twoposition, 

double selector valves. They are designed for 

directing flow from one single hydraulic circuit to two 

separate hydraulic lines. This permits operation of two, 

double-acting cylinders with: 

- one four-way control valve, or 

- four single-acting cylinders with two three-way 

control valves. 

The valve should be operated (shifted) prior to applying 

pressure to it. When the spool begins to move, all 

ports are momentarily connected. 

Operation 

In the normal mode, pump flow can enter the valve 

through either A or B port. The other port then becomes 

the return port. Port A is connected to Port D; 

Port B is connected to Port C. When the lever is 

pushed in, Port A is connected to Port E; Port B is 

connected to Port F. 

Features 

• Chrome plated spool 

High-tensile cast iron body 


Input Flow 


93.75 LPM (25 GPM) 



Operating Temperature Nitrile Seals: 

Range (Ambient) -40°C to +93°C 

(-40°F to +200°F) 



steel 




DS.p65, dd 

7 

C Port 


DS 

Double 

Selector Valve 

Service Parts 

B 

Port 

F E C D F E C D 

A 

Port 

Port Size 

B A B 


12 SAE 12 (1 1/16" - 12 UN) 

75 3/4" - 14 NPT 

Note: NPT pipe ports are not 

recommended for pressures 

above 138 Bar (2000 PSI) 

Handle Kit 06656001 

Kit – Spool Seals and 06492001 

Retaining Rings 

Clevis and Lock Washer Kit 08650235 


A 

D Port 

F Port E Port 



Elyria, Ohio, USA



Dimensions Series DS 


22.4 

(0.88) 

30.2 

(1.19) 

30.2 

(1.19) 

22.4 

(0.88) 

DS.p65, dd 

84.1 

(3.31) 

77.7 

(3.06) 

28.7 

(1.13) 

9.7 

(0.38) bolts 

Two Mtg. holes for 

Travel 

111.3 

(4.38) 

16.0 

(0.59) 

82.6 

(3.25) 

14.2 

(0.56) 

41.4 

(1.63) 

9.7 

(0.38) 

8 

215.9 

(8.50) 

72.1 

(2.84) 

45.2 

(1.78) 

Standard handle – may be 

mounted to either side or in 

vertical position. Handle is 

shown in side position. 

Approx. overall length 

with lever handle 

144.5 

(5.69) 

C D 

B A 

F E 

54.1 

(2.13) 

35.8 

(1.41) 




149.4 

(5.88)



Technical Information Series DWV 


Series DWV relief valves are differential area, crossover 

reliefs (cushion valves). They are designed to 

eliminate or minimize shock, surge, or overload 

conditions on hydraulic equipment. They may be used 

with cylinders of equal displacement, or with motors to 

provide crossover relief when the motors are stopped. 

Operation 

The DWV relief valve relieves oil from one side of the 

actuator to tank, therefore reducing shock and preventing 

overload. It also eliminates cavitation and the 

need for a separate tank connection. The valve should 

be installed as close to the actuator as possible for 

best results. 

Features 

• Compact, low profile design 

Fast response to cushion shocks and protect actuators 

Cartridge style relief valves 

High tensile, compacted graphite body 


Input Flow 


93.75 LPM (25 GPM) 





(-40°F to +200°F) 

Material Body – High strength 

cast iron 

Filtration 

Poppet – Hardened and 

ground steel 

ISO Code 16/13 



DWV.p65, dd 

9 


DWV 

Differential Area 

Crossover Relief 

Port Size 


8 SAE-8 (3/4" - 16 UNF) 

10 SAE-10 (7/8" - 14 UNF) 

12 SAE-12 (1 1/16" - 12 UNF) 

50 1/2" - 14 NPT 

75 3/4" - 14 NPT 

Adjustment 

Option 




Pressure 

Range 

Code Setting Range 

1250 89 Bar (1250 PSI) 35 - 89 Bar (500 - 1250 PSI) 

2000 142 Bar (2000 PSI) 89 - 142 Bar (1250 - 2000 PSI) 

2500 177 Bar (2500 PSI) 142 - 177 Bar (2000 - 2500 PSI) 

3000 210 Bar (3000 PSI) 142 - 210 Bar (2000 - 3000 PSI) 

Service Parts 


Omit Shim Adjustable 

A Screw Adjustable 

Relief Valve Cartridges 

35 - 89 Bar (500 - 1250 PSI) WHA-1250 

89 - 142 Bar (1250 - 2000 PSI) WHA-2000 

142 - 177 Bar (2000 - 2500 PSI) WHA-2500 

177 - 210 Bar (2500 - 3000 PSI) WHA-3000 

O-Ring Seal Kit 

Relief Adjustments 

Screw Adjustment – 

1/4 turn = 200 PSI ±10% 

00712359 

Shim Adjustment – 100 PSI 00462001 

150 - 250 PSI 00459001 

250 - 450 PSI 00458001 

Note: The body and the internal parts of the relief valve 

(including the spring) are non-service items.


Technical Information 

Performance Curves 

Dimensions 


DWV.p65, dd 


Series DWV 

Low End – 34 to 207 Bar (500 to 3000 PSI) High End – 34 to 207 Bar (500 to 3000 PSI) 

Pressure 

PSI Bar 

3500 241 

3000 207 

2500 172 

2000 138 

1500 103 

1000 

500 

69 

34 

0 

LPM 

0 

GPM 

61.8 

(2.44) 

A 

A 

18.9 37.9 56.8 75.7 

5 10 15 

Flow 

20 

30.9 

(1.22) 

7497 Spring 

1870 Spring 

7078 Spring 

7638 Spring 

1869 Spring 

94.6 

25 

10 

Pressure 

22.4 

(0.88) 

PSI Bar 

3500 241 

3000 207 

2500 172 

2000 138 

1500 103 

1000 

500 

69 

34 

0 

LPM 

0 

GPM 

207.9 

(8.19) 

89.2 

(3.51) 

7497 Spring 

1870 Spring 

7078 Spring 

7638 Spring 

1869 Spring 

18.9 37.9 56.8 75.7 

5 10 15 

Flow 

20 

44.5 

(1.75) 

22.4 

(0.88) 

8.74 

(0.34) 

Dia. Hole (2) 

104.0 

(4.09) 

17.5 

(0.69) 

17.5 

(0.69) 

94.6 

25 

88.9 

(3.50) 




124.0 

(4.88)



Technical Information Series DXV 


Series DXV relief valves are direct acting, crossover 

reliefs (cushion valves). They are designed to eliminate 

or minimize shock, surge, or overload conditions on 

hydraulic equipment. They may be used with cylinders 

of equal displacement, or with motors to provide 

crossover relief when the motors are stopped. 

Operation 

The DXV relief valve relieves oil from one side of the 

actuator to tank, therefore reducing shock and preventing 

overload. It also eliminates cavitation and the 

need for a separate tank connection. The valve should 

be installed as close to the actuator as possible for 

best results. 

Features 


Hardened seats for long life 

Fast response to cushion shocks and protect actuators 



Input Flow 


37.5 LPM (10 GPM) 





(-40°F to +200°F) 


cast iron 

Filtration 


ground steel 




DXV.p65, dd 

11 

Relief A 


DXV 

Direct Acting 

Crossover Relief 

Port Size 


8 SAE-8 (3/4" - 16 UNF) 

10 SAE-10 (7/8" - 14 UNF) 

38 3/8" - 18 NPT 

50 1/2" - 14 NPT 

75 3/4" - 14 NPT 

Adjustment 

Option 




Pressure 

Range 


400 28 Bar (400 PSI) 3.5 - 28 Bar (50 - 400 PSI) 

750 53 Bar (750 PSI) 28 - 53 Bar (400 - 750 PSI) 

900 64 Bar (900 PSI) 53 - 64 Bar (750 - 900 PSI) 

1300 92 Bar (1300 PSI) 64 - 92 Bar (900 - 1300 PSI) 

1450 103 Bar (1450 PSI) 91 - 103 Bar (1300 - 1450 PSI) 

1800 128 Bar (1800 PSI) 103 - 128 Bar (1450 - 1800 PSI) 

2000 142 Bar (2000 PSI) 128 - 142 Bar (1800 - 2000 PSI) 

3000* 210 Bar (3000 PSI) 142 - 210 Bar (2000 - 3000 PSI) 

* SAE ported bodies only. 

Service Parts 

Actuator A 

Actuator B 

Valve A Valve B 


Omit Shim Adjustable 

Upper Relief Valve Seal 2115N-7 


Shim Adjustment 

100 PSI 00462001 

150 - 250 PSI 00459001 

250 - 450 PSI 00458001 


(including the spring) are non-service items. 

Relief B


Dimensions 


DXV.p65, dd 

48.5 

(1.91) 


Series DXV 

12 

101.5 

(4.00) 

25.4 

(1.00) 

138.9 

(5.47) 

50.8 

(2.00) 

25.4 

(1.00) 

8.74 

(0.34) 

Dia. Hole (2) 

10.1 

(0.40) 

74.7 

(2.94) 

94.7 

(3.73) 



Elyria, Ohio, USA



Technical Information Series HP 


Series HP50 pilot pressure valves are designed to 

provide a separately mounted, pilot pressure system 

for solenoid and hydraulic remote-controlled, directional 

control valves. 

The pilot pressure valve is installed in the hydraulic 

system between the pump and the directional control 

valve. 

This valve can be used for other applications where a 

pilot pressure is required. Possible applications are 

remote-controlled, variable displacement pumps or 

motors and differential locks. 

The valve consists of a mechanical sequence valve 

and a pressure reducing cartridge. The pilot operated 

sequence valve creates a stand-by pressure greater 

than the pressure reducing cartridge. The pressure 

reducing cartridge limits the maximum pressure in the 

pilot circuit. 

Features 

• Eliminates separate pilot pump and relief valve for a pilot 

system 

Simplifies plumbing for a pilot system 

Easily installed into an existing hydraulic system 

Optional main system relief valve available 

Solenoid kits available 

Operation 

The mechanical pressure build up valve can be used 

in open center systems where the pump is not in 

stand-by operation for long periods of time. Pilot 

pressure is maintained at all times. 

HP.p65, dd 

JOY 

STICK 

13 


Input Flow 187.5 LPM (50 GPM) 

Pilot Flow 18.75 LPM (5 GPM) 


Inlet 240 Bar (3500 PSI) 

Tank 24 Bar (350 PSI) 





Filtration ISO Code 16/13, SAE Class 4 

or better 


Understanding the HP pilot pressure valve 

Many open center systems have very little pressure 

drop through the directional valve when in the neutral 

position. These systems do not provide enough 

pressure for pilot operation. To create pilot pressure, 

use the HP valve. 

The HP valve has four basic component parts: 

1. Sequence valve slave 

2. Sequence valve pilot 

3. Reducing valve 

4. Relief valve 

The sequence slave (part #1) and the sequence pilot 

(part #2) create the back pressure that is used for pilot 

operation. The reducing valve (part #3) protects the 

pilot system from high pressure. The relief valve 

(part #4) protects the pump. Note that the relief valve 

is located on the pump side of the sequence valve. 



Elyria, Ohio, USA



Ordering Information Series HP 

HP 

Hydraulic 

Pilot 

Pressure 

Valves 

Service Parts 

20.7 Bar (300 PSI) Pilot Pressure Reducing Valve 11416001 

34.5 Bar (500 PSI) Pilot Pressure Reducing Valve 11416002 

NR - no relief plug 04142003 

Relief Valve RP51-A 

Pressure Build Up Valve 20275001 

Upper Seal - Pressure Build Up Valve 3914V-9 

Lower Seal - Pressure Build Up Valve 2019N-7 

Lower Back Up Ring - Pressure Build Up Valve 407480 

12 VDC Solenoid Unloader Kit 10722001 

24 VDC Solenoid Unloader Kit 00711871 

Relief Valve Seal Kit 00712223 

Note: The body and the internal parts are non-service items. 

HP.p65, dd 

50 

Port Size 


Pump SAE-20 (1 5/8"-12 UNF) 

Valve SAE-20 (1 5/8"-12 UNF) 

Tank SAE-20 (1 5/8"-12 UNF) 

Pilot SAE-6 (9/16"-18 UNF) 

Gage SAE-4 (7/16"-20 UNF) 

Port Pressure 

Setting 


3 20.7 Bar (300 PSI) 

5 34.5 Bar (500 PSI) 

14 

MA 

Pressure 

Build Up 

Mechanically Adjustable 

Relief 

Option 


RPA Adjustable Relief – 

Pilot Operated (RP51-A) 

NR No Relief 



Elyria, Ohio, USA



Technical Information Series HP 

Dimensions 


155.4 

(6.12) 

Performance Curve 

HP.p65, dd 

134.8 

(5.31) 

95.2 

(3.75) 

Pressure 

PSI 

50 

Bar 

3.5 

Nom. 0 

-50 -3.5 

0 

LPM 

0 

GPM 

106.7 

(4.20) 

67.1 

(2.64) 

15 

11.2 

(0.44) 

35.3 

(1.39) 

12.8 

(0.51) 

59.2 

(2.33) 

Pilot Performance (Nominal) 

3.8 7.6 11.4 15.1 18.9 22.7 

1 2 3 

Flow 

4 5 6 

47.6 

(1.88) 

26.5 

7 

50.0 

(1.97) 

62.0 

(2.44) 

87.5 

(3.44) 

44.5 

(1.75) 

30.2 

(1.19) 




98.3 

(3.87) 

60.2 

(2.37)



Technical Information Series LO 


Series LO valves are single and double, pilot operated 

check valves. They are designed to lock a cylinder or 

part of a circuit without leakage, while a control valve 

is in a neutral position. Lock valves function as check 

valves, allowing flow to a cylinder and blocking reverse 

flow until pilot pressure is applied to unlock the circuit. 

This valve works best when used with a directional 

control valve that vents the work ports to tank when it 

is in a neutral mode. 

Operation 

Free flow is permitted from the valve port to the work 

port through the check valve. This check prevents 

reverse flow in the absence of pilot pressure. When 

adequate pilot pressure is applied at the pilot port, the 

pilot piston unseats the check poppet permitting free 

flow. 

Features 

• Hardened seats 

Ball/Spring check valves 



Input Flow 


93.75 LPM (25 GPM) 



Pilot Ratio 3.36 to 1 



(-40°F to +200°F) 


cast iron 




LO.p65, dd 

16 


LO 

Pilot Operated 

Check Valve 

Port Size 


10 SAE-10 (7/8" - 14 UNF) 

50 1/2" - 14 NPT 

Service Parts 

Check Valve 07350001 



C1 

V1 

C1 

V1 

C2 

V2 

C2 

V2 

Type 

Single 

PO Check 

Double 

PO Check 


S Single 

D Double 



Elyria, Ohio, USA


Dimensions 


67.5 

(2.66) 

LO.p65, dd 

59.6 

(2.35) 

Valve Cyl 

28.7 

(1.13) 

134.8 

(5.31) 

119.1 

(4.69) 

57.1 

(2.25) 

Cyl 

1 2 

Valve 


Series LO 

17 

8.74 

(0.34) 

Dia. thru 2 Places 

47.7 

(1.88) 

23.9 

(0.94) 

41.1 

(1.62) 

45.2 

(1.78) 

47.8 

(1.88) 

20.6 

(0.81) 

22.6 

(0.89) 




95.5 

(3.76)



Technical Information Series LOA 


Series LOA valves are single and double, pilot operated 

check valves. They are designed to lock a 

cylinder or part of a circuit without leakage, while a 

control valve is in a neutral position. Lock valves 

function as check valves, allowing flow to a cylinder 

and blocking reverse flow until pilot pressure is applied 

to unlock the circuit. This valve works best when used 

with a directional control valve that vents the work 

ports to tank when it is in a neutral mode. 

Operation 

Free flow is permitted from the valve port to the work 

port through the check valve. This check prevents 

reverse flow in the absence of pilot pressure. When 

adequate pilot pressure is applied at the pilot port, the 

pilot piston unseats the check poppet permitting free 

flow. 

Features 

• Hardened seats 

Ball/Spring check valves 



Input Flow 


30 LPM (8 GPM) 



Pilot Ratio 3.36 to 1 



(-40°F to +200°F) 


cast iron 




LOA.p65, dd 

18 


LOA 

Cylinder 


Check Valve 

Port Size 


6 SAE-6 (9/16" - 18 UNF) 

25 1/4" - 14 NPT 

38 3/8" - 18 NPT 

Service Parts 

C1 

V1 

C1 

V1 

C2 

V2 

C2 

V2 

Valve Valve 

Check Valve 04169001 



Type 

Single 

PO Check 

Double 

PO Check 

Cylinder 


S Single 

D Double 



Elyria, Ohio, USA


Dimensions 


LOA.p65, dd 

76.2 

(3.00) 

38.1 

(1.50) 

33.3 

(1.31) 

8.74 

Dia. 

(0.34) 

2 Holes 

28.7 

(1.13) 

28.7 

(1.13) 

16.0 

(0.63) 


Series LOA 

19 

74.7 

(2.94) 

69.9 

(2.75) 35.1 

(1.38) 

Cyl. 

3115 

Valve 

17.5 

(0.69) 

17.5 

(0.69) 

Cyl. 

USA 

Valve 



Elyria, Ohio, USA



Technical Information Series PD and PDC 


Series PD and PDC accessory valves are pressure 

compensated flow dividers. They are designed for 

applications where two separate hydraulic circuits are 

to be served from a single pump. The valve splits the 

flow in three ratios between the two hydraulic lines. 

Flow through the series PD flow divider cannot be 

reversed. Flow through the PDC flow divider can be 

combined in the reverse direction and synchronized in 

both directions. 

Series PD and PDC flow dividers will divide the inlet 

flow to ±10% of the specified outlet flow when used 

within recommended capacities. In addition, many 

actuators can displace fluid different from the ratio of 

the divider. This can cause two actuators to either lock 

up or become out of synch. A means of rephasing the 

actuators is recommended. 

Operation 

As flow enters the inlet port of the PD version, it will 

pass through the control orifices in the interconnected 

spools. The flow passing through the orifices in the 

spools creates a pressure drop which pulls the two 

spools away from each other. The flow then passes to 

the two-divider outlet ports. 

When flow is to be combined in the PDC versions, it 

enters the valve through the two-divider outlet ports. 

The flow passes through the orifices in the spools 

creating a pressure drop which pushes the two spools 

towards each other. The combined flow then passes to 

the inlet port. The design of the PD spool does not 

allow flow to combine. 

Features 

• 

Pressure compensated 

Cross drilled spool provides accurate metering 



Flow Divider 


PD Flow Divider 

PDC Flow Divider/ 

Combiner 

NPT pipe ports are not 

recommended for 

pressures above 

138 Bar (2000 PSI) 

Service Parts 

PD-PDC.p65, dd 

Port Size 


10 SAE-10 (3/4" - 16 UNF) 

12 SAE 12 (1 1/16" - 12 UNF) 

50 1/2" - 14 NPT 

75 3/4" - 14 NPT 

Note: The PDC is only 

available in a 50/50 

ratio. 

Ratio 


50 50/50 

60 60/40 

70 70/30 

Spool Seal 3914N-9 (2 required) 

Note: The body and the internal parts are non-service items. 

20 


Input Flow 

PD / PDC50 18.75 - 75 LPM (5 - 20 GPM) 

PD / PDC75 75 - 131.25 LPM (20 - 35 GPM) 

PD / PDC12 75 - 131.25 LPM (20 - 35 GPM) 

Accuracy 


±10% 







Spool – Hardened and ground steel 





In Divider Mode from Inlet to Joined Legs 

Pressure 

PSI Bar 

400 28 

300 

21 

200 14 

100 7 

0 

LPM 

0 

GPM 

Low Flow - Series PD 

High Flow - Series PD, PDC 

Low Flow - Series PDC 

18.9 37.9 56.8 75.7 94.6 113.6 132.5 

5 10 15 

Flow 

20 25 30 35 



Elyria, Ohio, USA



Dimensions Series PD and PDC 


Series PD 

Standard Flow Divider 

Mounting Holes (3) 

8.74 (0.34) Dia. 

Series PDC 

Flow Divider / Combiner 

Mounting Holes (3) 

8.74 (0.34) Dia. 

PD-PDC.p65, dd 

Outlet 144.5 

(5.69) 

36.5 

(1.44) 

50.8 

(2.00) 

101.6 

(4.00) 

Inlet 

Outlet 139.9 

(5.51) 

36.5 

(1.44) 

50.8 

(2.00) 

Inlet 

36.5 

(1.44) 

36.5 

(1.44) 

101.6 

(4.00) 

Outlet 

Outlet 

21 

23.8 

(0.94) 

23.8 

(0.94) 

49.2 

(1.94) 

100.8 

(3.97) 

27.7 

(1.09) 

100.8 

(3.97) 

49.2 

(1.94) 

9/16" Hex 

47.6 

(1.87) 

25.4 

(1.00) 

45.2 

(1.78) 

47.6 

(1.87) 

45.2 

(1.78) 

25.4 

(1.00) 



Elyria, Ohio, USA



Technical Information Series RPJL 


Series RPJL accessory valves are relief valves used 

for limiting the maximum pressure which can be 

applied to the portion of the hydraulic circuit where it is 

connected. 

Series RPJL relief valves are pilot operated, poppettype 

relief valves. Their best application is a main 

system relief where smooth consistent performance is 

required. 

Operation 

The pilot section opens when inlet pressure on the 

RPJL relief valve exceeds the valve setting. This pilot 

flow creates a pressure imbalance across the main 

section causing the valve to open. The pilot section 

closes once the inlet pressure drops below the valve 

setting. This then re-seats the poppet in the main valve 

and closes it. 

Features 


Hardened and ground poppet 



RPJL A 

In-line Mounted 

Port Size 

Pilot-operated 

Relief Valve 


10 SAE-10 (7/8" - 14 UNF) 

Inlet and Outlet 

12 SAE 12 (1 1/16" - 12 UNF) 

Inlet and Outlet 

50 1/2" - 14 NPT 

75 3/4" - 14 NPT Pressure Ports 

1/2" - 14 NPT Tank Port 

Service Parts 

Relief Valve RP51-A-5000 

O-Ring Seal Kit 00712223 

Body Kit 

RPJL-10 K-WJL-10 



Relief Adjustment 

1/4 turn = 200 PSI ±10% 

Note: The internal parts of the relief valve 

(including the spring) are non-service items. 

RPJL.p65, dd 

Adjustment 

Option 

Adjustable 

Note: NPT pipe ports are not recommended for pressures above 

138 Bar (2000 PSI) 

A right angle flow (former T option) is created by plugging one 

of the P ports. 

22 


Input Flow 


93.75 LPM (25 GPM) 





(-40°F to +200°F) 



steel 





Crack – 34 to 345 Bar (500 to 5000 PSI) 

Pressure 

Tank 

Inlet 

PSI Bar 

5000 345 

4500 310 

4000 276 

3500 241 

3000 207 

2500 172 

2000 138 

1500 103 

1000 69 

500 34 

0 

LPM 

0 

GPM 

37.9 75.7 113.6 151.4 

10 20 30 

Flow 

40 

189.3 

50 



Elyria, Ohio, USA


Dimensions 


54.3 

(2.14) 

RPJL.p65, dd 

22.6 

(0.89) 

28.4 

(1.12) 

28.4 

(1.12) 

108.2 

(4.26) 


Series RPJL 

23 

45.2 

(1.78) 

28.4 

(1.12) 



Elyria, Ohio, USA



Technical Information Series RPL 


Series RPL relief valves are pilot operated, ball-type 

relief valves. Their best application is a main system 

relief where smooth consistent performance is required. 

Operation 

The pilot section opens when inlet pressure on the 

RPL relief valve exceeds the valve setting. This pilot 

flow creates a pressure imbalance across the main 

section causing the valve to open. The pilot section 

closes once the inlet pressure drops below the valve 

setting. As a result, this re-seats the poppet in the 

main valve and closes it. 

Features 


Pilot operated for smooth, stable operation 



Input Flow 


225 LPM (60 GPM) 





(-40°F to +200°F) 


cast iron 

Filtration 


ground steel 





RPL A 


Relief Valve 

RPL.p65, dd 

Port Size 


12 SAE 12 (1 1/16" - 12 UN) 

16 SAE 16 (1 5/16" - 12 UN) 

75 3/4" - 14 NPT 

100 1" - 11 1/2 NPT 

Adjustment 

Option 

Adjustable 

24 

Tank 

Pressure 

Inlet 


Service Parts 

Pressure 

Inlet 

Crack – 34 to 345 Bar (500 to 5000 PSI) 

Pressure 

PSI Bar 

5000 345 

4500 310 

4000 276 

3500 241 

3000 207 

2500 172 

2000 138 

1500 103 

1000 69 

500 34 

0 

LPM 

0 

GPM 

37.9 75.7 113.6 151.4 

10 20 30 

Flow 

40 

Relief Valve RP60-A 

External Seal – relief valve 3914N-9 

Body Kit 

RPL-16 K-RPL-16 

RPL-75 K-RPL-75 

RPL-100 K-RPL-100 

Relief Adjustment 

1/4 turn = 200 PSI ±10% 


(including the spring) are non-service items 

189.3 227.1 

50 60 



Elyria, Ohio, USA


Dimensions 


74.6 

(2.94) 

RPL.p65, dd 

60.4 

(2.38) 

85.9 

(3.38) 

43.0 

(1.69) 

104.6 

(4.12) 

95.3 

(3.75) 


Series RPL 

25 

44.5 

(1.75) 

45.7 

(1.80) 

68.1 

(2.68) 




166.7 

(6.56)



Technical Information Series S, H, SM and HM 


Series S and SM accessory valves are two-position, 

three way selector valves. They are designed for 

directing flow from one single pump to one, or the 

other of two separate hydraulic lines. An example of 

this is the operation of two single-acting cylinders, 

independent of each other. 

Series H and HM accessory valves are two-position, 

three way selector valves. They are designed to be 

used with a three-position, four way valve to provide a 

float or free-wheeling condition. Application examples 

include plows, loaders, and certain winches. 

All four versions of this valve should be shifted prior to 

the application of pressure. The flow forces might 

make this valve difficult to shift under normal operating 

pressure and flow conditions. 

Operation 

Flow enters the valve at the inlet port. When the lever 

is pushed in, the spool shifts allowing inlet flow to 

reach the work port furthest away from the lever. When 

the lever is pulled out, the spool shifts allowing inlet 

flow to reach the work port closest to the lever. 

Features 

• Pressure balanced spool 

Chrome plated spool 

High-tensile cast iron body 


Input Flow 

37.5 LPM (10 GPM) HM-8 and HM-50 

75 LPM (20 GPM) S-8, SM-8, S-10, S-50 and SM-50 

112.5 LPM (30 GPM) S-12, H-12, S-75 and H-75 

225 LPM (60 GPM) 


S-16, S-100 



S-H-SM-HM.p65, dd 

26 

Series S 

Series S and SM 

Series H and HM 

Series S and SM 

Series H and HM 


Range (Ambient) -40°C to +93°C (-40°F to +200°F) 



steel 






Elyria, Ohio, USA



Series 


S Circuit Selector 

SM Circuit Selector 

H Float Selector 

HM Float Selector 

The following models are not available: 

H-8 HM-10 SM-10 

H-10 HM-12 SM-12 

H-16 HM-16 SM-16 

H-50 HM-75 SM-75 

H-100 HM-100 SM-100 

All valves are shipped with a knob. 

Service Parts 

Knob Kit with Lockwasher 06645001 

all versions 

Clevis Kit 08650235 

Spool Seal & Retaining Ring Kit 

Size 12 and 75 only (H or S) 06492001 

Size 8, 10 and 50 only (H or S) 06490001 

Size 16 and 100 only (H or S) 06493001 

Spool Seal, Retaining Ring & 11411001 

Back-up Ring Kit (HM & SM Only) 




Series S, H, SM and HM 


8 SAE 8 (3/4" - 16 UNF) 

10 SAE 10 (7/8" - 14 UNF) 

12 SAE 12 (1 1/16" - 12 UN) 

50 1/2" - 14 NPT 

75 3/4" - 14 NPT 

100 1" - 11 1/2 NPT 

27 

Port Size 



Elyria, Ohio, USA


Dimensions 


Spool end tapped 

3/8-16 UNC 

16.0 (0.63) ∆P 


Travel 


Series S and H 

Ports (3X) 

See "How to Order" 

Series A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R 

S-50 

147.1 

(5.79) 

24.6 

(0.97) 

41.4 

(1.63) 

42.9 

(1.69) 

84.1 

(3.31) 

30.2 

(1.19) 

6.4 

(0.25) 

90.4 

(3.56) 

54.1 

(2.13) 

45.2 

(1.78) 

26.9 

(1.06) 

7.9 

(0.31) 

8.9 

(0.35) 

66.6 

(2.62) 

28.5 

(1.12) 

25.4 

(1.00) 

50.8 

(2.00) 

117.4 

(4.62) 

S-75 

168.2 

(6.62) 

28.7 

(1.13) 

53.9 

(2.12) 

52.3 

(2.06) 

101.6 

(4.00) 

38.1 

(1.50) 

6.4 

(0.25) 

111.3 

(4.38) 

76.2 

(3.00) 

55.6 

(2.19) 

38.1 

(1.50) 

9.7 

(0.38) 

8.9 

(0.35) 

66.6 

(2.62) 

28.5 

(1.12) 

25.4 

(1.00) 

58.7 

(2.31) 

138.2 

(5.44) 

S-100 

188.5 

(7.42) 

30.2 

(1.19) 

65.0 

(2.56) 

57.2 

(2.25) 

114.3 

(4.50) 

42.9 

(1.69) 

6.4 

(0.25) 

125.5 

(4.94) 

87.4 

(3.44) 

62.7 

(2.47) 

43.7 

(1.72) 

9.7 

(0.38) 

10.4 

(0.41) 

88.9 

(3.50) 

35.1 

(1.38) 

31.8 

(1.25) 

73.2 

(2.88) 

158.8 

(6.25) 

H-75 

168.2 

(6.62) 

28.7 

(1.13) 

53.9 

(2.12) 

52.3 

(2.06) 

101.6 

(4.00) 

38.1 

(1.50) 

6.4 

(0.25) 

111.3 

(4.38) 

76.2 

(3.00) 

55.8 

(2.19) 

38.1 

(1.50) 

9.7 

(0.38) 

8.9 

(0.35) 

66.6 

(2.62) 

28.5 

(1.12) 

25.4 

(1.00) 

58.7 

(2.31) 

138.2 

(5.44) 

28 



Elyria, Ohio, USA


Dimensions 


Series SM and HM share a 

common housing, but have 

dissimilar spools. Common 

dimensions are depicted while 

differences are charted. 

Series A B C 

SM 

16.0 

(0.63) 

150.4 

(5.92) 

120.7 

(4.75) 

HM 

10.4 

(0.40) 

140.7 

(5.54) 

111.3 

(4.38) 


Spool 

Travel 

Ports – 3 Places 

See "How to Order" 

Overall 

Length 

55.6 

(2.19) 

17.5 

(0.69) 

Overall 

Length, 

Less Knob 

and Clevis 

A 

16.7 

(0.62) 

38.1 

(1.50) 


Series SM and HM 

19.1 

(0.75) 

29 

38.1 

(1.50) 

44.5 

(1.75) 

C 

B 

Mounting Holes 

5/16-18 UNC – 2 Places 

0.97 (0.38) ∆P 




39.6 

(1.56) 

Spool end tapped 

3/8-16 UNC 

16.0 (0.63) ∆P 

69.9 

(2.75)



Series S 

Pressure 

Pressure 

PSI 

50 Bar 

40 

30 

20 

10 

3 

2 

1 

0 

LPM 

0 

GPM 

PSI 

100 

75 

50 

25 

Bar 

6 

4 

2 

0 

LPM 

0 

GPM 


S-50 

30 60 90 

5 10 15 20 25 

Flow 

S-75 

120 

30 

30 60 90 120 

10 20 30 

Flow 

150 

35 40 

150 

40 

S-100 

200 

50 60 

Note: Model S selectors will tolerate flow rates well in excess of those 

shown here. Consideration should be given to the restrictiveness of 

the port adaptors. 

Series H 

180 

50 


Series S, H, SM and HM 

30 

Series SM 

Pressure 

PSI 

150 

100 

50 

Bar 

10 

6 

2 

0 

LPM 

0 

GPM 

Series HM 

Pressure 

PSI Bar 

500 

27 

375 

250 18 

125 

9 

0 

LPM 

0 

GPM 

10 30 

50 

5 

10 

Flow 

15 

5 

Flow 

15 

30 

70 




20 

10



Technical Information Series WJL 


Series WJL accessory valves are relief valves used for 

limiting the maximum pressure which can be applied 

to the portion of the hydraulic circuit where it is connected. 

Series WJL relief valves are differential poppet-type 

relief valves. Their best application is a cylinder port 

relief where fast response time is required. 

Operation 

Pressure on the inlet of the WJL relief valve acts on 

the differential area of the poppet (area difference 

between the O.D. of the poppet and the seat diameter) 

to produce a force which is opposed by the spring 

force. The poppet is pushed off its seat when pressure 

reaches the valve setting. The spring force re-seats the 

poppet once the pressure drops below the valve 

setting. 

Features 


Hardened and ground poppet 



Input Flow 


93.75 LPM (25 GPM) 





(-40°F to +200°F) 



steel 




Note: A right angle flow path (former T option) is created by plugging 

one of the P ports. 

Service Parts 

Relief Valve Cartridges 

35 - 89 Bar (500 - 1250 PSI) WHA-1250 

89 - 142 Bar (1250 - 2000 PSI) WHA-2000 

142 - 177 Bar (2000 - 2500 PSI) WHA-2500 

177 - 210 Bar (2500 - 3000 PSI) WHA-3000 

O-Ring Seal Kit 00712223 

WJL.p65, dd 

31 

Tank 

Inlet 


WJL 

In-line Mounted WH 

Differential Poppet 

Relief Valve 

Note: The internal parts of the relief valve (including the spring) are non-service items. 

Port Size 


10 SAE-10 (7/8" - 14 UNF) 

12 SAE 12 (1 1/16" - 12 UNF) 

50 1/2" - 14 NPT 

75 3/4" - 14 NPT Pressure Ports 

12" - 14 NPT Tank Port 

P P 

Note: NPT pipe ports are not recommended for pressures 

above 138 Bar (2000 PSI) 




T 

Adjustment 

Option 


Omit Shim 

Adjustable 

A Screw 

Adjustable 

Pressure 

Range 


1250 89 Bar (1250 PSI) 35 - 89 Bar (500 - 1250 PSI) 

2000 142 Bar (2000 PSI) 89 - 142 Bar (1250 - 2000 PSI) 

2500 177 Bar (2500 PSI) 142 - 177 Bar (2000 - 2500 PSI) 

3000 210 Bar (3000 PSI) 142 - 210 Bar (2000 - 3000 PSI) 

Body Kits 

WJL-10 K-WJL-10 




Screw Adjustment – 

1/4 turn = 200 PSI ±10% 

Shim Adjustment – 100 PSI 00462001 

150 - 250 PSI 00459001 

250 - 450 PSI 00458001




Pressure 

PSI Bar 

3500 241 

3000 207 

2500 172 

2000 138 

1500 103 

1000 

500 

Dimensions 

WJL.p65, dd 

69 

34 

0 

LPM 

0 

GPM 

7497 Spring 

1870 Spring 

7078 Spring 

7638 Spring 

1869 Spring 

18.9 37.9 56.8 75.7 

5 10 15 

Flow 

20 

94.6 

25 


Series WJL 

Low End – 34 to 207 Bar (500 to 3000 PSI) High End – 34 to 207 Bar (500 to 3000 PSI) 


27.9 

(1.10) 

27.9 

(1.10) 

22.6 

(0.89) 

54.3 

(2.14) 

32 

Pressure 

137.8 

(5.43) 

PSI Bar 

3500 241 

3000 207 

2500 172 

2000 138 

1500 103 

1000 

500 

69 

34 

0 

LPM 

0 

GPM 

31.8 

(1.25) 

7497 Spring 

1870 Spring 

7078 Spring 

7638 Spring 

1869 Spring 

18.9 37.9 56.8 75.7 

5 10 15 

Flow 

20 

45.2 

(1.78) 

28.4 

(1.12) 

94.6 

25 



Elyria, Ohio, USA


Offer of Sale 

The items described in this document and other documents or descriptions provided by Parker Hannifin Corporation, its subsidiaries and its authorized 

distributors are hereby offered for sale at prices to be established by Parker Hannifin Corporation, its subsidiaries and its authorized distributors. This 

offer and its acceptance by any customer ("Buyer") shall be governed by all of the following Terms and Conditions. Buyer’s order for any such items, 

when communicated to Parker Hannifin Corporation, its subsidiary or an authorized distributor ("Seller") verbally or in writing, shall constitute acceptance 

of this offer. 

1. Terms and Conditions of Sale: All descriptions, quotations, proposals, 

offers, acknowledgments, acceptances and sales of Seller’s products 

are subject to and shall be governed exclusively by the terms and 

conditions stated herein. Buyer’s acceptance of any offer to sell is limited 

to these terms and conditions. Any terms or conditions in addition to, or 

inconsistent with those stated herein, proposed by Buyer in any acceptance 

of an offer by Seller, are hereby objected to. No such additional, 

different or inconsistent terms and conditions shall become part of the 

contract between Buyer and Seller unless expressly accepted in writing 

by Seller. Seller’s acceptance of any offer to purchase by Buyer is 

expressly conditional upon Buyer’s assent to all the terms and conditions 

stated herein, including any terms in addition to, or inconsistent with those 

contained in Buyer’s offer, Acceptance of Seller’s products shall in all 

events constitute such assent. 

2. Payment: Payment shall be made by Buyer net 30 days from the date 

of delivery of the items purchased hereunder. Amounts not timely paid 

shall bear interest at the maximum rate permitted by law for each month 

or portion thereof that the Buyer is late in making payment. Any claims by 

Buyer for omissions or shortages in a shipment shall be waived unless 

Seller receives notice thereof within 30 days after Buyer’s receipt of the 

shipment. 

3. Delivery: Unless otherwise provided on the face hereof, delivery shall 

be made F.O.B. Seller’s plant. Regardless of the method of delivery, 

however, risk of loss shall pass to Buyer upon Seller’s delivery to a carrier. 

Any delivery dates shown are approximate only and Seller shall have no 

liability for any delays in delivery. 

4. Warranty: Seller warrants that the items sold hereunder shall be free 

from defects in material or workmanship for a period of 18 months from 

date of shipment from Parker Hannifin Corporation. THIS WARRANTY 

COMPRISES THE SOLE AND ENTIRE WARRANTY PERTAINING TO 

ITEMS PROVIDED HEREUNDER. SELLER MAKES NO OTHER WAR- 

RANTY, GUARANTEE, OR REPRESENTATION OF ANY KIND WHAT- 

SOEVER. ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIM- 

ITED TO, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR PURPOSE, 

WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED, OR ARISING BY OPERATION OF 

LAW, TRADE USAGE, OR COURSE OF DEALING ARE HEREBY 

DISCLAIMED. NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, THERE 

ARE NO WARRANTIES WHATSOEVER ON ITEMS BUILT OR AC- 

QUIRED WHOLLY OR PARTIALLY, TO BUYER’S DESIGNS OR 

SPECIFICATIONS. 

5. Limitation Of Remedy: SELLER’S LIABILITY ARISING FROM OR 

IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THE ITEMS SOLD OR THIS CON- 

TRACT SHALL BE LIMITED EXCLUSIVELY TO REPAIR OR RE- 

PLACEMENT OF THE ITEMS SOLD OR REFUND OF THE PURCHASE 

PRICE PAID BY BUYER, AT SELLER’S SOLE OPTION. IN NO EVENT 

SHALL SELLER BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUEN- 

TIAL OR SPECIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND OR NATURE WHATSO- 

EVER, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOST PROFITS ARISING 

FROM OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR 

ITEMS SOLD HEREUNDER, WHETHER ALLEGED TO ARISE FROM 

BREACH OF CONTRACT, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY, OR 

IN TORT, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, NEGLIGENCE, FAIL- 

URE TO WARN OR STRICT LIABILITY. 

6. Changes, Reschedules and Cancellations: Buyer may request to 

modify the designs or specifications for the items sold hereunder as well 

as the quantities and delivery dates thereof, or may request to cancel all 

or part of this order, however, no such requested modification or cancellation 

shall become part of the contract between Buyer and Seller unless 

accepted by Seller in a written amendment to this Agreement. Acceptance 

of any such requested modification or cancellation shall be at 

Seller’s discretion, and shall be upon such terms and conditions as Seller 

may require. 

7. Special Tooling: A tooling charge may be imposed for any special 

tooling, including without limitation, dies, fixtures, molds and patterns, 

acquired to manufacture items sold pursuant to this contract. Such special 

tooling shall be and remain Seller’s property notwithstanding payment of 

any charges by Buyer. In no event will Buyer acquire any interest in 

apparatus belonging to Seller which is utilized in the manufacture of the 

items sold hereunder, even if such apparatus has been specially converted 

or adapted for such manufacture and notwithstanding any charges 

training.p65, dd 

33 

paid by Buyer. Unless otherwise agreed, Seller shall have the right to alter, 

discard or otherwise dispose of any special tooling or other property in its 

sole discretion at any time. 

8. Buyer’s Property: Any designs, tools, patterns, materials, drawings, 

confidential information or equipment furnished by Buyer or any other 

items which become Buyer’s property, may be considered obsolete and 

may be destroyed by Seller after two (2) consecutive years have elapsed 

without Buyer placing an order for the items which are manufactured using 

such property, Seller shall not be responsible for any loss or damage to 

such property while it is in Seller’s possession or control. 

9. Taxes: Unless otherwise indicated on the face hereof, all prices and 

charges are exclusive of excise, sales, use, property, occupational or like 

taxes which may be imposed by any taxing authority upon the manufacture, 

sale or delivery of the items sold hereunder. If any such taxes must 

be paid by Seller or if Seller is liable for the collection of such tax, the 

amount thereof shall be in addition to the amounts for the items sold. Buyer 

agrees to pay all such taxes or to reimburse Seller therefore upon receipt 

of its invoice. If Buyer claims exemption from any sales, use or other tax 

imposed by any taxing authority, Buyer shall save Seller harmless from 

and against any such tax, together with any interest or penalties thereon 

which may be assessed if the items are held to be taxable. 

10. Indemnity For Infringement of Intellectual Property Rights: Seller 

shall have no liability for infringement of any patents, trademarks, copyrights, 

trade dress, trade secrets or similar rights except as provided in this 

Part 10. Seller will defend and indemnify Buyer against allegations of 

infringement of U.S. Patents, U.S. Trademarks, copyrights, trade dress 

and trade secrets (hereinafter ‘Intellectual Property Rights’). Seller will 

defend at its expense and will pay the cost of any settlement or damages 

awarded in an action brought against Buyer based on an allegation that 

an item sold pursuant to this contract infringes the Intellectual Property 

Rights of a third party. Seller’s obligation to defend and indemnify Buyer 

is contingent on Buyer notifying Seller within ten (10) days after Buyer 

becomes aware of such allegations of infringement, and Seller having sole 

control over the defense of any allegations or actions including all 

negotiations for settlement or compromise. If an item sold hereunder is 

subject to a claim that it infringes the Intellectual Property Rights of a third 

party, Seller may, at its sole expense and option, procure for Buyer the 

right to continue using said item, replace or modify said item so as to make 

it noninfringing, or offer to accept return of said item and return the 

purchase price less a reasonable allowance for depreciation. Notwithstanding 

the foregoing, Seller shall have no liability for claims of infringement 

based on information provided by Buyer, or directed to items 

delivered hereunder for which the designs are specified in whole or part 

by Buyer, or infringements resulting from the modification, combination or 

use in a system of any item sold hereunder. The foregoing provisions of 

this Part 10 shall constitute Seller’s sole and exclusive liability and Buyer’s 

sole and exclusive remedy for infringement of Intellectual Property Rights. 

If a claim is based on information provided by Buyer or if the design for an 

item delivered hereunder is specified in whole or in part by Buyer, Buyer 

shall defend and indemnify Seller for all costs, expenses or judgments 

resulting from any claim that such item infringes any patent, trademark, 

copyright, trade dress, trade secret or any similar right. 

11. Force Majeure: Seller does not assume the risk of and shall not be 

liable for delay or failure to perform any of Seller’s obligations by reason 

of circumstances beyond the reasonable control of Seller (hereinafter 

‘Events of Force Majeure’). Events of Force Majeure shall include without 

limitation, accidents, acts of God, strikes or labor disputes, acts, laws, 

rules or regulations of any government or government agency, fires, 

floods, delays or failures in delivery of carriers or suppliers, shortages of 

materials and any other cause beyond Seller’s control. 

12. Entire Agreement/Governing Law: The terms and conditions set 

forth herein, together with any amendments, modifications and any 

different terms or conditions expressly accepted by Seller in writing, shall 

constitute the entire Agreement concerning the items sold, and there are 

no oral or other representations or agreements which pertain thereto. This 

Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the law of the State of Ohio. 

No actions arising out of the sale of the items sold hereunder or this 

Agreement may be brought by either party more than two (2) years after 

the cause of action accrues. 

9/91-P 



Elyria, Ohio, USA


Parker Hydraulics International Sales Offices 

North America 

Hydraulics Group 

Headquarters 

6035 Parkland Boulevard 

Cleveland, OH 44124-4141 USA 

Tel: 216-896-3000 

Fax: 216-896-4031 

Motion & Control Sales Division 

651 Robbins Drive PO Box 3500 

Troy, MI 48007-3500 USA 

Tel: 248-589-2400 

Fax: 248-577-4890 

Motion & Control Sales 

Division – Canada 

8485 Parkhill Drive 

Milton, Ontario L9T 5E9 Canada 

Tel: 905-693-3000 

Fax: 905-876-0788 

Mobile Sales 

Mobile Systems Division 

595 Schelter Road 

Suite 100 

Lincolnshire, IL 60069 USA 

Tel: 847-821-1500 

Fax: 847-821-7600 

Pacific Region 

16655 Noyes Avenue 

Irvine, CA 92606 USA 

Tel: 949-660-7033 

Fax: 949-852-9577 

Great Plains Region 

931 Alice Court 

St. Charles, IL 60174 USA 

Tel: 630-377-0271 

Fax: 630-377-0271 

Midwest Region 

4494 32nd Street 

Grinnell, IA 50112 USA 

Tel: 641-236-3694 

Fax: 641-236-8884 

Southern Region 

2300 Bush Circle 

Carrollton, TX 75007 USA 

Tel: 972-307-2949 

Fax: 972-307-9410 

Eastern Region 

100 Corporate Drive 

Lebanon, NJ 08833 USA 

Tel: 610-330-0970 

Fax: 925-396-6481 

sales.p65, dd 

Industrial Sales 

Great Lakes Region 

3700 Embassy Parkway 

Suite 260 

Fairlawn, OH 44333 USA 

Tel: 330-670-2680 

Fax: 330-670-2681 

Southern Region 

1225 Old Alpharetta Road 

Suite 290 

Alpharetta, GA 30005 USA 

Tel: 770-619-9767 

Fax: 770-619-9806 

Chicago Region 

1163 E. Ogden Avenue 

Suite 705, #358 

Naperville, IL 60563 USA 

Tel: 630-964-0796 

Fax: 866-473-9274 

Pacific Region 

16655 Noyes Avenue 

Irvine, CA 92606 USA 

Tel: 949-660-7033 

Fax: 949-852-9577 

Eastern Region 

100 Corporate Drive 

Lebanon, NJ 08833 USA 

Tel: 908-236-4121 

Fax: 908-236-4146 

Europe 

Europe Hydraulics Group 


Parker House 

55 Maylands Avenue 

Hemel Hempstead, Herts 

HP2 4SJ England 

Tel: 44 1442 458000 

Fax: 44 1442 458085 

Austria 

Parker Hannifin GmbH 

Badener Strasse 12 

A-2700 Wiener Neustadt, Austria 

Tel: 43 2622 23501-96 

Fax: 43 2622 23501-977 

Belgium 

Parker Hannifin SA NV 

Parc Industriel Sud, Zone II 

Rue du Bosquet 23 

B-1400 Nivelles, Belgium 

Tel: 32 67 280900 

Fax: 32 67 280999 

Czech Republic 

Parker Hannifin s.r.o. 

Prumyclova zona Kecany 

250 67 Klecany, Czech Republic 

Tel: 420 24 083 111 

Denmark 

Parker Hannifin Denmark A/S 

Industriparken 37 

2750 Ballerup, Denmark 

Tel: 45 43 56 04 00 

Fax: 45 43 73 31 07 

Europe 

Finland 

Parker Hannifin Oy 

Ylästöntie 16 

FIN-01510 Vantaa, Finland 

Tel: 358 9 476 731 

Fax: 358 9 4767 3200 

France 

Parker Hannifin France SAS 

142, rue de la Foret 

74130 Contamine sur Arve, France 

Tel: 33 450 25 80 25 

Fax: 33 450 25 24 25 

Germany 

Parker Hannifin GmbH 

Gutenbergstrasse 38 

41564 Kaarst, Germany 

Tel: 49 (0)2131 4016 0 

Fax: 49 (0)2131 4016 9199 

Greece 


Athens Representative Office 

197 Syngrou Av. 

171 21 Nea Smyrni, Athens, Greece 

Tel: 0030 210 933-6450 

Fax: 0030 210 933-6451 

Hungary 


Hungarian Trade Representative Office 

H-1149 Budapest 

Egressy u. 100, Hungary 

Tel: 36 12204155 

Fax: 36 14221525 

Ireland 

Parker Hannifin Ireland Ltd. 

Blackthorn Close, 

Stillorgan Industrial Park 

Blackrock, Co Dublin, Ireland 

Tel: 353 1 293 9999 

Fax 353 1 293 9900 

Italy 

Parker Hannifin S.p.A. 

Via Privata Archimede 1 

20094 Corsico (MI), Italy 

Tel: 39 02 451921 

Fax: 39 02 4479340 

The Netherlands 

Parker Hannifin B.V. 

Edisonstraat 1 

7570 AT Oldenzaal, The Netherlands 

Tel: 31 541 585000 

Fax: 31 541 585459 

Norway 

Parker Hannifin A/S 

Berghagan 

PO Box 3008 

N-1402 Ski, Norway 

Tel: 47 64 911000 

Fax: 47 64 911090 

(continued on next page) 




9/04


Parker Hydraulics International Sales Offices 

Europe 

Poland 

Parker Hannifin Sp z.o.o. 

ul. Parowcowa 8B 

PL 02-445 Warsaw, Poland 

Tel: 48 22 8634942 

Fax: 48 22 8634944 

Portugal 

Parker Hannifin Portugal, Lda. 

Travessa da Bataria 184 R/C 

Dto./1 Esq. 

Leca da Palmeiraj-4450-625, Portugal 

Tel: 351 22 9997360 

Fax: 351 22 9961527 

Romania 

Hidro Consulting Impex SRL 

Bucaresti Parker Representative Office 

Bld. Ferdinand nr. 27 Sect. 2 

703131 Bucarest, Romania 

Tel: 40 21 2521382 

Fax: 40 21 2523381 

Russia 


Trekhrudniy Pereulok 9, bld.2 

Office 106 

123001 Moscow, Russia 

Tel: 7 095 234 00 54 

Fax: 7 095 234 05 28 

Slovenia 


Vel. Bucna vas 7 

SI-8000 Novo Mesto, Slovenia 

Tel: 386 7337 6650 

Fax: 386 7337 6651 

Spain 

Parker Hannifin España SA 

Parque Industrial Las Monjas 

Calle Estaciones 8 

28850 Torrejón de Ardoz 

Madrid, Spain 

Tel: 34 91 6757300 

Fax: 34 91 6757711 

Sweden 

Parker Hannifin AB 

Fagerstagatan 51 

Box 8314 

SE-163 08 Spånga, Sweden 

Tel: 46 (0)8 59 79 5000 

Fax: 46 (0)8 59 79 5110 

United Kingdom 

Parker Hannifin GB Ltd. 

Tachbrook Drive Park 

Tachbrook Drive 

Warwick, CV34 6TU, England 

Tel: 44 1926 317878 

Fax: 44 1926 317855 

Middle East 

United Arab Emirates 


PO Box 46451 

Abu Dhabi, United Arab Emirates 

Tel: 971 2 6788587 

Fax: 971 2 6793812 

sales.p65, dd 

Asia Pacific 

Australia Headquarters 

Parker Hannifin Pty Ltd. 

9 Carrington Road 

Castle Hill, NSW 2154, Australia 

Tel: 612 9634 7777 

Fax: 612 9842 5111 

China 

Parker Hannifin Beijing Office 

Suite B9-11, 21/F, Hanwei Plaza 

No. 7 Guanghua Road 

Chaoyang District 

Beijing, 100004, China 

Tel: 86 10 6561 0520 

Fax: 86 10 6561 0526 

Parker Hannifin Shanghai Office 

Room 1101, Peregrine Plaza 

1325 Huai Hai Road (M) 

Shanghai 200031, China 

Tel: 86 21 6445 9339 

Fax: 86 21 6445 9717 

Hong Kong 

Parker Hannifin Hong Kong Ltd. 

8/F Kin Yip Plaza 

9 Cheung Yee Street 

Cheung Sha Wan, Hong Kong 

Tel: 852 2428 8008 

Fax: 852 2480 4256 

India 

Parker Hannifin India Pvt Ltd. 

Plot No. EL-26, TTC Indl Area 

Mahape, Navi Mumbai 400 709, India 

Tel: 91 22 55907081-85 

Fax 91 22 55907080 

Japan 

Parker Hannifin Japan Ltd. 

Shirokanedai Building 2nd floor 

3-2-10, Shirokanedai 

Minato-ku 

Tokyo 108-0071, Japan 

Tel: 81 3 6408 3900 

Fax: 81 3 5449 7201 

Korea Headquarters 


777 Jung-ri, Dongtan-myeon 

Hwaseong-city 

Kyunggi-do, 445-813, Korea 

Tel: 82 31 379 2200 

Fax: 82 31 377 9710 

Parker Pannifin Korea Ltd. 

Daehwa Venture Plaza, 6F 

169 Samsung-Dong 

Kangnam-ku, Seoul, 135-090, Korea 

Tel: 82 2 559 0400 

Fax: 82 2 556 8187 

Singapore 

Parker Hannifin Singapore 

No. 11, Fourth Chin Bee Road 

619702 Jurong Town, Singapore 

Tel: 65 6887 6300 

Fax: 65 265 5125 

Asia Pacific 

Taiwan 

Parker Hannifin Taiwan Co., Ltd. 

No. 40, Wuchiuan 3rd Rd., 

Wuku Industrial Park 

Taipei County, Taiwan 248, R.O.C. 

Tel: 886 2 22988987 

Fax: 886 2 22988982 

Thailand 

Parker Hannifin Thailand Co., Ltd. 

1023, 3rd floor, TPS building 

Pattanakarn Road, Suanluang 

Bangkok 10250, Thailand 

Tel: 662 717 8140 

Fax: 662 717 8148 

Latin America 

Pan American Division 

7400 N. W. 19th Street, Suite A 

Miami, FL 33126 USA 

Tel: 305-470-8800 

Fax: 305-470-8808 

Argentina 

Parker Hannifin Argentina SAIC 

Stephenson 2711 esq. Costa Rica 

1667 Tortuguitas 

Buenos Aires, Argentina 

Tel: 54 3327 44 4129 

Fax: 54 3327 44 4199 

Brazil 

Hydraulics Division 

Parker Hannifin Ind. e Com. Ltd.a. 

Av. Frederico Ritter, 1100 

Cachoeirinha RS, 94930-000 Brazil 

Tel: 55 51 470 9144 

Fax: 55 51 470 6909 

Chile 

Parker Hannifin Chile Ltd.a. 

Av. Americo Vespucio 2760-E 

Conchali - Santiago, Chile 

Tel: 56-2-623-1216 

Fax: 56-2-623-1421 

Venezuela 

Parker Hannifin de Venezuela, S.A. 

Av. Principal con calle Miraima 

Edificio Draza 

Boleita Norte 

Caracas, Venezuela 

Tel: 58 212 238 5422 

Fax: 58 212 239 2272 

South Africa 

Parker Hannifin Africa Pty Ltd. 

Parker Place 

10 Berne Avenue Aeroport 

P.O. Box 1153 

Kempton Park 1620, 

Republic of South Africa 

Tel: 27 11 9610700 

Fax: 27 11 3927213 




5/02

About Parker Hannifin Corporation 

Parker Hannifin is a leading global motion-control 

company dedicated to delivering premier customer 

service. A Fortune 500 corporation listed on the New 

York Stock Exchange (PH), our components and systems 

comprise over 1,400 product lines that control 

motion in some 1,000 industrial and aerospace markets. 

Parker is the only manufacturer to offer its 

customers a choice of hydraulic, pneumatic, and 

electromechanical motion-control solutions. Our Company 

has the largest distribution network in its field, 

with over 7,500 distributors serving nearly 

400,000 customers worldwide. 

The Aerospace Group is 

a leader in the development, 

design, manufacture and servicing 

of control systems and 

components for aerospace and 

related high-technology markets, 

while achieving growth 

through premier customer 

service. 

The Fluid Connectors 

Group designs, manufactures 

and markets rigid and flexible 

connectors, and associated 

products used in pneumatic 

and fluid systems. 

The Hydraulics Group 

designs, produces and markets 

a full spectrum of hydraulic 

components and systems to 

builders and users of industrial 

and mobile machinery and 

equipment. 

The Automation Group 

is a leading supplier of pneumatic 

and electromechanical 


automation customers worldwide. 


6035 Parkland Blvd. 

Cleveland, Ohio 44124-4141 

Telephone: (216) 896-3000 

Fax: (216) 896-4000 

www.parker.com 


Parker’s Charter 

To be a leading worldwide manufacturer of components 

and systems for the builders and users of durable goods. 

More specifically, we will design, market and manufacture 

products controlling motion, flow and pressure. 

We will achieve profitable growth through premier 

customer service. 

Product Information 

North American customers seeking product information, 

the location of a nearby distributor, or repair 

services will receive prompt attention by calling the 

Parker Product Information Center at our toll-free 

number: 1-800-C-PARKER (1-800-272-7537). In Europe, 

call 00800-C-PARKER-H (00800-2727-5374). 

The Climate & Industrial 

Controls Group designs, 

manufactures and markets system-control 

and fluid-handling 


refrigeration, air-conditioning 

and industrial customers 

worldwide. 

The Seal Group designs, 

manufactures and distributes 

industrial and commercial 

sealing devices and related 

products by providing 

superior quality and total 

customer satisfaction. 

The Filtration Group 

designs, manufactures and 

markets quality filtration and 

clarification products, providing 

customers with the best 

value, quality, technical support, 

and global availability. 

The Instrumentation 

Group is a global leader in 

the design, manufacture and 

distribution of high-quality 

critical flow components for 

worldwide process instrumentation, 

ultra-high-purity, medical 

and analytical applications. 

6/99

Catalog HY14-3201/US Hydraulic Valve Division 

DIN Slip-In Cartridge Valves Elyria, Ohio, USA 

Tel: (440) 366-5200 

Fax: (440) 366-5253 

Catalog 2400/US Hydraulic Valve Division 

Mobile Hydraulic Valves Elyria, Ohio, USA 

Tel: (440) 366-5200 

Fax: (440) 366-5253 


Industrial Hydraulic Valves Elyria, Ohio, USA 

Tel: (440) 366-5200 

Fax: (440) 366-5253 


Electrohydraulic Elyria, Ohio, USA 

Motion Control Products Tel: (440) 366-5200 

Fax: (440) 366-5253 



520 Ternes Avenue 

Elyria, Ohio 44035 USA 

Tel: (440) 366-5200 

Fax: (440) 366-5253 

www.parker.com/hydraulicvalve 

Catalog HY14-2405/US, 

7.5M, 1/05, RRD

2/2/2005 Mobile Accessory Valve 

Conversion and Changes 

OLD PART OLD NEW PART DESCRIPTION 

NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER CHANGE 

CFD-10-10-NR FLOW CONTROL NO RELIEF NO LONGER OFFERED NONE 

CFD-10-2 FLOW CONTROL 500-1500PSI NO LONGER OFFERED USE CFD-10-2 

CFD-10-2-HP FLOW CONTROL 1500-2500PSI NO LONGER OFFERED USE CFD-10-2 

CFD-10-2-HP-200 FLOW CONTROL 2000PSI NO LONGER OFFERED USE CFD-10-2 

CFD-10-6-HP FLOW CONTROL 1500-2500PSI NO LONGER OFFERED NONE 

CFD-10-7-NR FLOW CONTROL NO RELIEF NO LONGER OFFERED NONE 

CFD-50-2-NR FLOW CONTROL NO RELIEF CFD-50-2 CFD-50-2-NR 










CFD-75-5-NR FLOW CONTROL NO RELIEF CFD-75-5 CFD-75-5-NR 

CFD-75-6 FLOW CONTROL 500-1500PSI NO LONGER OFFERED NONE 



00984625 CFD-10-1-HP 2000PSI NO LONGER OFFERED USE CFD-10-1 

00984781 CFD-10-2-HP 1500-2500PSI NO LONGER OFFERED USE CFD-10-2 



07261108 CFD-10-6-HP 1500-2500PSI NO LONGER OFFERED NONE 

07261001 CFD-50-1.5 500-1500PSI NO LONGER OFFERED USE CFD-50-1.5 

08650687 CFD-50-1.5-HP 2000PSI NO LONGER OFFERED USE CFD-50-1.5 



07261106 CFD-50-2-NR CFD-50-2 07261106 

07261005 CFD-50-3 500-1500PSI NO LONGER OFFERED USE CFD-50-3 





07261007 CFD-50-4-NR CFD-50-4 07261007 



07261010 CFD-50-5-NR CFD-50-5 07261010 

07261013 CFD-50-6 500-1500PSI NO LONGER OFFERED NONE 

07261017 CFD-50-8 500-1500PSI NO LONGER OFFERED NONE 

07261105 CFD-75-1.5 NR CFD-75-1.5 USE CFD-75-1.5 

00983349 CFD-75-10-NR NO LONGER OFFERED NONE 



00983561 CFD-75-3-NR CFD-75-3 00983561 



07261032 CFD-75-5-NR CFD-75-5 07261032 

Page 1 of 10 

Parker Hydraulic Valve Division 

Elyria, Ohio 44035






08650684 CFD-75-8-HP 2000PSI NO LONGER OFFERED NONE 

07261040 CFD-75-8-NR NO LONGER OFFERED NONE 

CFDA-10 FLOW CONTROL ADJUSTABLE CFDA-10 FLOW CONTROL ADJUSTABLE 



CFDA-L-10 FLOW CONTROL ADJ LOCKING CFDA-10 FLOW CONTROL ADJUSTABLE 

CFDA-L-50 FLOW CONT ADJ LOCKING CFDA-50 FLOW CONTROL ADJUSTABLE 

CFDA-L-75 FLOW CONT ADJ LOCKING CFDA-75 FLOW CONTROL ADJUSTABLE 

07261089 CFDA-10 CFDA-10 07261089 

07261052 CFDA-50 CFDA-50 07261052 

07261054 CFD-A-75 CFDA-75 07261054 

07261109 CFDA-L-10 NO LONGER OFFERED USE CFDA-10 



CFQ-A-10 FLOW CONTROL ADJUSTABLE NO LONGER OFFERED NONE 


CFQ-A-38-R FLOW CONTROL ADJUSTABLE NO LONGER OFFERED NONE 









00984648 CFQ-A-10 NO LONGER OFFERED NONE 

00984647 CFQ-A-10-R NO LONGER OFFERED NONE 










08387057 DC25A-10-0-NR DC25-A-10 08387057 

00984673 DC25A-10-0-R 1750-2000PSI NO LONGER OFFERED USE DC25-A-10 


08387003 DC25A-12-0-NR DC25-A-12 08387003 




08387010 DC25A-50-0-NR DC25-A-50 08387010 


Page 2 of 10 


Elyria, Ohio 44035






08387009 DC25A-75-0-NR DC25-A-75 08387009 





30100-07 DC25N-10-10-R-2500 NO LONGER OFFERED USE DC25-A-10 

00984259 DC25N-12-1.5-R1250-1750PS NO LONGER OFFERED NONE 

00984114 DC25N-12-2-NR NO LONGER OFFERED USE DC25-A-12 



00983200 DC25N-12-8-R 1750-2000PSI NO LONGER OFFERED USE DC25-A-12 

00984115 DC25N-75-10-R 500-1250PSI NO LONGER OFFERED USE DC25-A-75 



DC25N-12-12-R-200 FLOW CONTROL 2000-2600PSI NO LONGER OFFERED USE DC25-A-12 

DC25N-12-8-R-260 FLOW CONTROL 2600-3000PSI NO LONGER OFFERED USE DC25-A-12 

DC25A-75-0-NR PRIORITY TYPE FLOW CONTR. DC25-A-75 USE DC25A-75 

DC25A-12-0-NR PRIORITY TYPE FLOW CONTR. DC25-A-12 USE DC25A-12 

DC25N-12-6-NR PRIORITY TYPE FLOW CONTR. NO LONGER OFFERED USE DC25-A-12 

00983547 DS-12 W/DETENT & W/HANDLE NO LONGER OFFERED USE DS-12 

00983834 DS-12 W/KNOB NO LONGER OFFERED USE DS-12 

00984082 DS-12 W/QUAD SEALS LESS H NO LONGER OFFERED USE DS-12 

00983774 DS-12 W/SPECIAL TEST NO LONGER OFFERED USE DS-12 

07255008 DS-12 WITH HANDLE ASS'Y DS-12 07255008 

07255010 DS-12-LCHA NO LONGER OFFERED USE DS-12 

07255018 DS-12-LHO NO LONGER OFFERED USE DS-12 

00984479 DS-16 W/HANDLE NO LONGER OFFERED USE DS-12 


07255014 DS-71 NO LONGER OFFERED USE DS-75 

07255021 DS-75 W/KNOB NO LONGER OFFERED USE DS-75 

07255026 DS-75 WITH HANDLE ASS'Y DS-75 07255026 


07255020 DS-75-LHO NO LONGER OFFERED USE DS-75 

00983858 DS-75-S L/HANDLE NO LONGER OFFERED USE DS-75 

00983146 DS-75-W/DENT W/HANDLE NO LONGER OFFERED USE DS-75 

DWV-50-125 CUSHION VALVE NO LONGER OFFERED USE DWV-50-A-1250 




DWV-50-A-050 CUSHION VALVE NO LONGER OFFERED USE DWV-50-A-1250 







Page 3 of 10 


Elyria, Ohio 44035





00984406 DWV-10 1250-1749PSI NO LONGER OFFERED USE DWV-10-A-2000 



03744053 DWV-10-A 2000-2599PSI NO LONGER OFFERED USE DWV-10-A-3000 

30100-28 DWV-10-A/N-1250/2250 PSI NO LONGER OFFERED USE DWV-10-A-2000 








08650411 DWV-50 1350PSI NO LONGER OFFERED USE DWV-50-A-2000 


08650413 DWV-50 2000PSI DWV-50-A-2000 08650413 

03744008 DWV-50 500-1249PSI DWV-50-A-1250 03744008 

03744009 DWV-50 1250-1749PSI DWV-50-A-2000 03744009 

03744010 DWV-50 1750-1999PSI DWV-50-A-2000 03744010 


03744021 DWV-50-A 500-1249PSI DWV-50-A-1250 03744021 

03744028 DWV-50-A 1250-1749PSI DWV-50-A-2000 03744028 










00983346 DWV-75-A 500-1249PSI DWV-75-A-1250 00983346 


03744034 DWV-75-A 1750-1999PSI DWV-75-A-2000 03744034 






50801033 DWV-8-A 1250-1749PSI DWV-8-A-2000 50801033 


DXV-50-1300 CUSHION VALVE DXV-50-A-1300 NONE 



DXV-10-2500 CUSHION VALVE POP USE DXV-50-A-3000 

08650404 DXV-10 2500PSI POP USE DXV-10-A-3000 

07595082 DXV-10 401-750PSI POP USE DXV-10-A-750 

00983996 DXV-10 700/2500PSI POP USE DXV-10-A-750/3000 


Page 4 of 10 


Elyria, Ohio 44035








07595094 DXV-38 751-900PSI DXV-38-A-900 07595094 

07595020 DXV-38 1301-1450PSI DXV-38-A-1450 07595020 

07595006 DXV-38 1451-1800PSI DXV-38-A-1800 07595006 

07595021 DXV-38 1801-2000PSI DXV-38-A-2000 07595021 





07595017 DXV-50 50-400PSI DXV-50-A-400 07595017 

07595011 DXV-50 401-750PSI DXV-50-A-750 07595011 

07595010 DXV-50 751-900PSI DXV-50-A-900 07595010 

00983280 DXV-50 750/1500PSI POP USE DXV-50-A-1450 

07595003 DXV-50 901-1300PSI DXV-50-A-1300 07595003 

07595028 DXV-50 1301-1450PSI DXV-50-A-1450 07595028 

07595002 DXV-50 1451-1800PSI DXV-50-A-1800 07595002 

00983189 DXV-50 1500/2500PSI POP USE DXV-10-A-1800/3000 

07595009 DXV-50 1801-2000PSI DXV-50-A-2000 07595009 


07595025 DXV-50 3001-3500PSI POP NONE 




07595008 DXV-75 901-1300PSI DXV-75-A-1300 07595008 

07595019 DXV-75 1451-1800PSI DXV-75-A-1800 07595019 

07595048 DXV-75 1801-2000PSI DXV-75-A-2000 07595048 

07595023 DXV-8 401-750PSI DXV-8-A-750 07595023 

00984458 DXV-8 500/1750PSI DXV-8-A-750/1800 00984458 

00984880 DXV-8 750/1500PSI DXV-8-A-750/1800 00984880 

07595026 DXV-8 901-1300PSI DXV-8-A-1300 07595026 

07595054 DXV-8 1451-1800PSI DXV-8-A-1800 07595054 

00984071 DXV-8 1500/2000PSI DXV-8-A-1450/2000 00984071 

07595024 DXV-8 1801-2000PSI DXV-8-A-2000 07595024 

07595016 DXV-8 2001-3000PSI DXV-8-A-3000 07595016 

EDS-12-12B SOL. ACTUATED SELE. VALVE NO LONGER OFFERED NONE 

00983819 EDS-12-12B NO LONGER OFFERED NONE 

00984142 EDS-12-24B-01 NO LONGER OFFERED NONE 

10125009 HP-203-12-RPA HP-503-MA-RPA PILOT PRESSURE VALVE 

10125002 HP-203-12-WH-3000 HP-503-MA-RPA PILOT PRESSURE VALVE 

08650519 HP-203-MA-11 HP-503-MA-RPA PILOT PRESSURE VALVE 

10125003 HP-203-MA-NR HP-503-MA-NR PILOT PRESSURE VALVE 

10125006 HP-203-MA-WH-10 HP-503-MA-RPA PILOT PRESSURE VALVE 

00984875 HP-203-MA-WHA-20 2250PSI HP-503-MA-RPA PILOT PRESSURE VALVE 

10125005 HP-203-MN-WH-10 2500PSI HP-503-MA-RPA PILOT PRESSURE VALVE 

00983568 HP-205-24-RPA-01 NO LONGER OFFERED USE HP-505-MA-RPA 

Page 5 of 10 


Elyria, Ohio 44035





10125007 HP-205-MA-NR-11 NO LONGER OFFERED USE HP-505-MA-NR 

00984039 HP-205-MA-RPA NO LONGER OFFERED USE HP-505-MA-RPA 

08650520 HP-503-12 NO LONGER OFFERED NONE 

10123001 HP-503-12-NR-01 NO LONGER OFFERED NONE 

10123002 HP-503-MA-NR-10 HP-503-MA-NR 10123002 

10123004 HP-503-MA-RPA-01 HP-503-MA-RPA 10123004 

50801031 HP-503-MA-WHA 3000PSI NO LONGER OFFERED USE HP-503-MA-RPA 

10123009 HP-503-MN-NR NO LONGER OFFERED USE HP-503-MA-NR 

50801007 HP-503-MN-WH 1500PSI NO LONGER OFFERED USE HP-503-MA-RPA 

50801029 HP-503-MN-WH 2500PSI NO LONGER OFFERED USE HP-503-MA-RPA 

00984623 HP-505-12-RPA NO LONGER OFFERED NONE 

00984814 HP-505-MA-NR HP-505-MA-NR 00984814 

10123008 HP-505-MA-RPA-10 HP-505-MA-RPA 10123008 

30100-01 HP-505-MA-WH-2500 NO LONGER OFFERED USE HP-505-MA-RPA 

HP-205-MA-RPA PILOT PRESSURE VALVE HP-505-MA-RPA PILOT PRESSURE VALVE 

HP-503-MA-RPA-01 PILOT PRESSURE VALVE HP-503-MA-RPA PILOT PRESSURE VALVE 

HP-503-MA-NR-10 PILOT PRESSURE VALVE HP-503-MA-RPA PILOT PRESSURE VALVE 

HP-505-24-RPA PILOT PRESSURE VALVE NO LONGER OFFERED NONE 

00984287 JL-10 290-1200PSI NO LONGER OFFERED USE WJL-10-A-1250 

08650476 JL-10-2500-HP NO LONGER OFFERED USE WJL-10-A-2600 

50801002 JL-10-A-LP NO LONGER OFFERED USE WJL-10-A-2000 

11893007 JL-10-HP 1201-2500PSI NO LONGER OFFERED USE WJL-10-A-2600 


08650472 JL-50-1200 NO LONGER OFFERED USE WJL-50-A-1250 

12057002 JL-50-A 290-1200PSI NO LONGER OFFERED USE WJL-50-A-1250 

12057001 JL-50-A-HP 1201-2500PSI NO LONGER OFFERED USE WJL-50-A-2000 

00984392 JL-50-A-LP 250PSI NO LONGER OFFERED NONE 

12057007 JL-50-A-LP 145-400PSI NO LONGER OFFERED NONE 


08650474 JL-50-HP-2000 NO LONGER OFFERED USE WJL-50-A-2000 

11893001 JL-50-LP 145-400PSI NO LONGER OFFERED NONE 

12058001 JL-50-N 301-1800PSI NO LONGER OFFERED USE WJL-50-A-2000 

12058004 JL-50-N-HP 1801-2500PSI NO LONGER OFFERED USE WJL-50-A-2000 


08650477 JL-75-1200 NO LONGER OFFERED USE WJL-75-A-1250 

08650478 JL-75-2000-HP NO LONGER OFFERED USE WJL-75-A-2000 

12057003 JL-75-A 290-1200PSI NO LONGER OFFERED USE WJL-75-A-1250 

12057004 JL-75-A-HP 1201-2500PSI NO LONGER OFFERED USE WJL-75-A-2000 


11893004 JL-75-LP 145-400PSI NO LONGER OFFERED NONE 

12058003 JL-75-N-LP 145-400PSI NO LONGER OFFERED NONE 

07269021 JLA-50 NO LONGER OFFERED NONE 

07269037 JLA-50-HP NO LONGER OFFERED NONE 

08650475 JT-10-2500-HP NO LONGER OFFERED USE WJL-10-A-2600 

11904003 JT-10-HP 1201-2500PSI NO LONGER OFFERED USE WJL-10-A-2600 

11904011 JT-50 M-970 NO LONGER OFFERED NONE 

11904009 JT-50 290-1200PSI NO LONGER OFFERED USE WJL-50-A-1250 

Page 6 of 10 


Elyria, Ohio 44035





08650471 JT-50-1200 NO LONGER OFFERED USE WJL-50-A-1250 

08650473 JT-50-2000-HP NO LONGER OFFERED USE WJL-50-A-2000 

11905008 JT-50-A 290-1200PSI NO LONGER OFFERED USE WJL-50-A-1250 

11905009 JT-50-A-HP 1201-2500PSI NO LONGER OFFERED USE WJL-50-A-2000 

11904010 JT-50-HP 1201-2500PSI NO LONGER OFFERED USE WJL-50-A-2000 

11904008 JT-50-LP 145-400PSI NO LONGER OFFERED NONE 

11906009 JT-50-N-HP 1801-2500PSI NO LONGER OFFERED USE WJL-50-A-2000 

11906007 JT-50-N-LP 50-400PSI NO LONGER OFFERED NONE 

11904015 JT-8 290-1200PSI NO LONGER OFFERED USE WJL-10-A-1250 

KC-HP-2000 CARTRIDGE NO LONGER OFFERED 

KCL-100-HP-140 RELIEF VALVE NO LONGER OFFERED 

11370012 KCL-100 HP 1401-2000PSI NO LONGER OFFERED 

11370010 KCL-75 HP 1401-2000PSI NO LONGER OFFERED 

LO-10-D LOCK VALVE LO-10-D NONE 

LO-10-D-R1-R2-10 LOCK VALVE NO LONGER OFFERED USE LO-10-D 

LO-50-D LOCK VALVE LO-50-D NONE 

LO-50-S LOCK VALVE LO-50-S NONE 

07259023 LO-10-D LO-10-D USE LO-10-D 

00984498 LO-10-D-R1-R2-10 NO LONGER OFFERED USE LO-10-D 

07259059 LO-10-S-M2 NO LONGER OFFERED USE LO-10-S 

07259016 LO-50-D NO LONGER OFFERED USE LO-50-D 

07259037 LO-50-D-R1-R2 (LP) NO LONGER OFFERED USE LO-50-D 

07259010 LO-50-D-R1-R2-10 NO LONGER OFFERED USE LO-50-D 

07259007 LO-50-S NO LONGER OFFERED USE LO-50-S 

30100-30 LO-50-S-M1 NO LONGER OFFERED USE LO-50-S 

07259004 LO-50-S-R1-10 NO LONGER OFFERED USE LO-50-S 

LOA-25-D LOCK VALVE LOA-25-D LOCK VALVE 

LOA-25-S LOCK VALVE LOA-25-S LOCK VALVE 

LOA-38-D LOCK VALVE LOA-38-D LOCK VALVE 

LOA-C-6-D-R1-R2 LOCK VALVE NO LONGER OFFERED USE LOA-6-D 

07260005 LOA-25-D LOA-25-D 07260005 

07260002 LOA-25-S LOA-25-S 07260002 

07260009 LOA-38-D LOA-38-D 07260009 

07260008 LOA-6-D LOA-6-D 07260008 

07260026 LOA-6-D-R1 NO LONGER OFFERED USE LOA-6-D 

07260012 LOA-6-S LOA-6-S 07260012 

07260015 LOA-C-25-D NO LONGER OFFERED USE LOA-25-D 



07262026 PD-10-50 PD-10-50 07262026 

07262038 PD-12-50 PD-12-50 07262038 

00984093 PD-12-60 PD-12-60 00984093 

07262040 PD-12-67 NO LONGER OFFERED NONE 

07262019 PD-50 (80-20) NO LONGER OFFERED NONE 

07262001 PD-50-(50-50) PD-50-50 07262001 

Page 7 of 10 


Elyria, Ohio 44035





07262004 PD-50-(60-40) PD-50-60 PD-50-(60-40) 

07262002 PD-50-(70-30) PD-50-70 PD-50-(70-30) 

07262005 PD-50-(75-25) NO LONGER OFFERED NONE 


07262006 PD-75-(50-50) PD-75-50 07262006 

07262011 PD-75-(60-40) PD-75-60 07262011 

07262009 PD-75-(70-30) PD-75-70 07262009 




PD-8-60 FLOW DIVIDER NO LONGER OFFERED NONE 

07262013 PD-51-50 NO LONGER OFFERED USE PD-50-60 


08435011 PDC-10-50 PDC-10-50 08435011 

08435017 PDC-12-50 PDC-12-50 08435017 

08435001 PDC-50-50 PDC-50-50 08435001 

08435009 PDC-51-50 NO LONGER OFFERED USE PDC-50-50 

08435002 PDC-75-50 PDC-75-50 08435002 

08435020 PDC-8-50 PDC-8-50 08435020 

11370007 RPL-100-A 500-3000PSI RPL-100-A-3000 11370007 

11370020 RPL-100-A-G 500-3000PSI NO LONGER OFFERED USE RPL-100-A-3000 

11370003 RPL-16-A 500-3000PSI RPL-16-A-3000 11370003 

11370001 RPL-16-A-G 500-3000PSI NO LONGER OFFERED USE RPL-16-A-3000 

00984997 RPL-16-A-G W/#6 SAE PORT NO LONGER OFFERED USE RPL-16-A-3000 

11370005 RPL-75-A 500-3000PSI RPL-75-A-3000 11370005 

00984616 RPL-75-A-G NO LONGER OFFERED USE RPL-75-A-3000 

00984550 RPL-12-A 500-3000PSI RPL-12-A-3000 00984550 

11370016 RPL-71-A 500-3500PSI NO LONGER OFFERED USE RPL-75-A-3000 

00983706 RPJL-12-A RPJL-12-A-3000 00983706 

00984380 RPJL-50-A 500-3000PSI RPJL-50-A-3000 00984380 

11894001 RPJL-10-A RPJL-10-A-3000 11894001 

00983323 RPJL-75-A 500-3000PSI RPJL-75-A-3000 00983323 

11907001 RPJT-10-A 500-5000PSI NO LONGER OFFERED USE RPJL-10-A-3000 

11907004 RPJT-50-A 500-5000PSI NO LONGER OFFERED USE RPJL-50-A-3000 

07251019 H-12 H-12 07251019 

07251015 H-75 H-75 07251015 

H-75 FLOAT POSITION VALVE H-75 FLOAT POSITION VALVE 

HM-8 FLOAT POSITION VALVE HM-8 FLOAT POSITION VALVE 

07254035 HM-38 HM-38 07254035 

07254019 HM-50 HM-50 07254019 

00983034 HM-50-R NO LONGER OFFERED USE HM-50 

07254039 HM-8 HM-8 07254039 

00983405 HM-8 LESS KNOB/CLEVIS NO LONGER OFFERED USE HM-8 

Page 8 of 10 


Elyria, Ohio 44035





07252012 S-10 S-10 07252012 

07252021 S-10 L/KNOB & CLEVIS NO LONGER OFFERED USE S-10 

07252045 S-10 W/CLEVIS NO LONGER OFFERED USE S-10 

00984862 S-10-C-S NO LONGER OFFERED USE S-10 

30300-04 S-10-L-R-S NO LONGER OFFERED USE S-10 

07252056 S-10-R L/KNOB & CLEVIS NO LONGER OFFERED USE S-10 

07252013 S-10-R W/CLEVIS NO LONGER OFFERED USE S-10 

07253001 S-100 S-100 07253001 

07253002 S-100-R NO LONGER OFFERED USE S-100 

07251010 S-12 S-12 07251010 

07251009 S-12 L/KNOB&CLEVIS NO LONGER OFFERED USE S-12 



00984345 S-12-R LESS KNOB & CLEVIS NO LONGER OFFERED USE S-12 

00984967 S-12-S W/CLEVIS NO LONGER OFFERED USE S-12 

07253007 S-16 S-16 07253007 

07253017 S-16 W/1478 CLEVIS NO LONGER OFFERED USE S-16 


07252004 S-50 S-50 07252004 

00984792 S-50 W/BOOT & KNOB NO LONGER OFFERED USE S-50 



07252019 S-51 BSP NO LONGER OFFERED USE S-50 

07251014 S-71 NO LONGER OFFERED USE S-75 

07251002 S-75 S-75 07251002 



00983877 S-75-R L/KNOB NO LONGER OFFERED USE S-75 

30100-02 S-75-R-S NO LONGER OFFERED USE S-75 

07252018 S-8 S-8 07252018 


07254009 SM-38 SM-38 07254009 

00983031 SM-38-S1 NO LONGER OFFERED USE SM-38 

07254003 SM-50 SM-50 07254003 

07254022 SM-50 LESS CLEVIS OR KNOB NO LONGER OFFERED USE SM-50 

07254005 SM-50-R NO LONGER OFFERED USE SM-50 

00984340 SM-50-R-S NO LONGER OFFERED USE SM-50 

00983037 SM-50-S1 NO LONGER OFFERED USE SM-50 

SM-51-R-S SM-51-R-S SELECTOR VALVE NO LONGER OFFERED USE SM-50 

07254013 SM-8 SM-8 07254013 

07254012 SM-8 L/KNOB & CLEVIS NO LONGER OFFERED SM-8 

00983340 SM-8 VITON NO LONGER OFFERED SM-8 

07254016 SM-8 W/CLEVIS NO LONGER OFFERED SM-8 

07254014 SM-8-R NO LONGER OFFERED SM-8 

00982922 SM-8-R W/DETENT NO LONGER OFFERED SM-8 

00983916 SM-8-R W/VITON SEALS NO LONGER OFFERED SM-8 

00984633 SM-8-R-S1 NO LONGER OFFERED SM-8 

Page 9 of 10 


Elyria, Ohio 44035





07254057 SM-8-S1 NO LONGER OFFERED SM-8 

07254065 SM-8-S1 W/CLEVIS NO LONGER OFFERED SM-8 

11414013 WJL-10 500-1249PSI NO LONGER OFFERED USE WJL-10-A-1250 




12055003 WJL-10-A 1250-2000PSI WJL-10-A-2000 12055003 

00983029 WJL-10-A 2000-3000PSI WJL-10-A-3000 00983029 

12056001 WJL-10-N 1751-2000PSI NO LONGER OFFERED USE WJL-10-A-2000 



00983398 WJL-12-A 2000-3000PSI WJL-12-A-3000 00983398 







12055007 WJL-50-A 500-1249PSI WJL-50-A-1250 12055007 

12055002 WJL-50-A 1250-2000PSI WJL-50-A-2000 12055002 

00983117 WJL-50-A 2000-3000PSI NO LONGER OFFERED USE WJL-10-A-3000 










00983013 WJT-10 300-499PSI NO LONGER OFFERED NONE 

11560341 WJT-10 2000-2599PSI NO LONGER OFFERED USE WJL-10-2600 

11908005 WJT-10 2600-3000PSI NO LONGER OFFERED USE WJL-10-3000 

11908013 WJT-50 1750-1999PSI NO LONGER OFFERED USE WJL-50-A-2000 



11902011 WJT-50-A 1250-1749PSI NO LONGER OFFERED USE WJL-50-A-2000 


Page 10 of 10 


Elyria, Ohio 44035


520 Ternes Avenue, Elyria, OH 

Ph: 440-366-5200 Fax: 440-366-5253 

Reference: Catalog HY14-2405/US Mobile Accessory Valves 

Flow Controls 

Parker Description Cross Brand Prince 

CFD-10-* (All Flows) Fixed Priority Type Flow Control - SAE -10 N/A None RD-445-X 

CFD-50-1.5 Fixed Priority Type Flow Control - 1/2" NPTF/1.5 GPM N/A BG-5-1.5-1/2 RD-445-X 

CFD-50-2 Fixed Priority Type Flow Control - 1/2" NPTF/2.0 GPM N/A BG-5-02-1/2 RD-445-X 




CFD-75-1.5 Fixed Priority Type Flow Control - 3/4" NPTF/1.5 GPM N/A BG-5-1.5-3/4 RD-400-X 





CFDA-10 Adjustable Priority Type Flow Control - SAE -10 N/A Note 3 - Adjustable style FG-5 no longer 

available - offer Adjutsable with relief 

None 

CFDA-50 Adjustable Priority Type Flow Control - 1/2" NPTF N/A Note 3 - Adjustable style FG-5 no longer 


RD-550 

CFDA-75 Adjustable Priority Type Flow Control - 3/4" NPTF N/A Note 3 - Adjustable style FG-5 no longer 


RD-575 

CFQ-A-10 Adjustable Priority Type Flow Control - SAE -10 N/A FC51-10 N/A 

CFQ-A-10-R Adjustable Priority Type Flow Control w/Relief - SAE -10 N/A FCR51-10 N/A 

CFQ-A-12 Adjustable Priority Type Flow Control - SAE -12 N/A FC51-12 RD-112-30 


CFQ-A-38 Adjustable Priority Type Flow Control - 3/8" NPT N/A FC51-3/8 RD-137-8 

CFQ-A-38-R Adjustable Priority Type Flow Control w/Relief - 3/8" NPT N/A FCR51-3/8 N/A 


CFQ-A-50-R Adjustable Priority Type Flow Control w/Relief - 1/2" NPT N/A FCR51-1/2 RDRS-150-16 


Acc Valve Dist Cross Ref 7-1-07.xls Page 1



Ph: 440-366-5200 Fax: 440-366-5253 


Flow Controls (continued) 


CFQ-A-75-R Adjustable Priority Type Flow Control w/Relief - 3/4" NPT N/A FCR51-3/4 RDRS-175-30 

CFQ-A-8 Adjustable Priority Type Flow Control - SAE -8 N/A FC51-8 RD-108-8 


DC25A-10 Knob Adjustable Priority Type Flow Control - SAE -10 N/A N/A N/A 

DC25A-12 Knob Adjustable Priority Type Flow Control - SAE -12 N/A N/A N/A 

DC25A-50 Knob Adjustable Priority Type Flow Control - 1/2" NPT N/A N/A N/A 

DC25A-75 Knob Adjustable Priority Type Flow Control - 3/4" NPT N/A 95A-3/4 N/A 

Relief Valves 


DWV-10-A-3000 Dual Crossover Relief - 25 GPM, Screw Adj, SAE -10 Ports RC14FF N/A Note 2 

DWV-10-1250 Dual Crossover Relief - 25 GPM, Shim Adj, SAE -10 Ports RC24GG N/A Note 2 


DWV-10-2000 Dual Crossover Relief - 25 GPM, Shim Adj, SAE -10 Ports RC24DD N/A Note 2 

DWV-10-2500 Dual Crossover Relief - 25 GPM, Shim Adj, SAE -10 Ports RC24EE N/A Note 2 

DWV-12-A-2000 Dual Crossover Relief - 25 GPM, Screw Adj, SAE -12 Ports RC15DD N/A DRV-1HH 



DWV-12-1250 Dual Crossover Relief - 25 GPM, Screw Adj, SAE -12 Ports RC25GG N/A Note 2 


DWV-12-2000 Dual Crossover Relief - 25 GPM, Shim Adj, SAE -12 Ports RC25DD N/A Note 2 

DWV-12-2500 Dual Crossover Relief - 25 GPM, Shim Adj, SAE -12 Ports RC25EE N/A Note 2 

DWV-12-3000 Dual Crossover Relief - 25 GPM, Shim Adj, SAE -12 Ports RC25FF N/A Note 2 

DWV-50-A-1250 Dual Crossover Relief - 25 GPM, Screw Adj, 1/2" NPT Ports RC11GG N/A DRV-4HL 




Ph: 440-366-5200 Fax: 440-366-5253 


Relief Valves (continued) 


DWV-50-A-2000 Dual Crossover Relief - 25 GPM, Screw Adj, 1/2" NPT Ports RC11DD N/A DRV-4HH 

DWV-50-A-2500 Dual Crossover Relief - 25 GPM, Screw Adj, 1/2" NPT Ports RC11EE N/A DRV-4HH 

DWV-50-1250 Dual Crossover Relief - 25 GPM, Shim Adj, 1/2" NPT Ports RC21GG N/A Note 2 

DWV-50-2000 Dual Crossover Relief - 25 GPM, Shim Adj, 1/2" NPT Ports RC21DD N/A Note 2 

DWV-50-2500 Dual Crossover Relief - 25 GPM, Shim Adj, 1/2" NPT Ports RC21EE N/A Note 2 

DWV-75-A-1250 Dual Crossover Relief - 25 GPM, Screw Adj, 3/4" NPT Ports RC12GG N/A DRV-2LL 

DWV-75-A-2000 Dual Crossover Relief - 25 GPM, Screw Adj, 3/4" NPT Ports RC12DD N/A DRV-2HH 

DWV-75-A-2500 Dual Crossover Relief - 25 GPM, Screw Adj, 3/4" NPT Ports RC12EE N/A DRV-2HH 

DWV-75-A-3000 Dual Crossover Relief - 25 GPM, Screw Adj, 3/4" NPT Ports RC12FF N/A DRV-2HH 



DWV-75-2000 Dual Crossover Relief - 25 GPM, Shim Adj, 3/4" NPT Ports RC12DD N/A Note 2 

DWV-75-2500 Dual Crossover Relief - 25 GPM, Shim Adj, 3/4" NPT Ports RC12EE N/A Note 2 

DWV-75-3000 Dual Crossover Relief - 25 GPM, Shim Adj, 3/4" NPT Ports RC12FF N/A Note 2 

DWV-8-A-2000 Dual Crossover Relief - 25 GPM, Screw Adj, SAE -8 Ports RC12DD N/A Note 2 

DWV-8-A-3000 Dual Crossover Relief - 25 GPM, Screw Adj, SAE -8 Ports RC12FF N/A Note 2 

DWV-8-1250 Dual Crossover Relief - 25 GPM, Shim Adj, SAE - 8 Ports RC22GG N/A Note 2 

DWV-8-2500 Dual Crossover Relief - 25 GPM, Shim Adj, SAE - 8 Ports RC23EE N/A Note 2 

DXV-10-1300 Dual Crossover Relief - 10 GPM, Shim Adj, SAE - 10 Ports N/A N/A N/A 








Ph: 440-366-5200 Fax: 440-366-5253 






DXV-38-1300 Dual Crossover Relief - 10 GPM, Shim Adj, 3/8" NPT Ports N/A N/A N/A 


















DXV-8-1300 Dual Crossover Relief - 10 GPM, Shim Adj, SAE -8 Ports N/A N/A N/A 






Ph: 440-366-5200 Fax: 440-366-5253 






RPJL-10-A Pilot Op. Poppet Relief - 25 GPM, Screw Adj, SAE -10 Ports N/A N/A N/A 

RPJL-12-A Pilot Op. Poppet Relief - 25 GPM, Screw Adj, SAE -12 Ports N/A N/A N/A 

RPJL-50-A Pilot Op. Poppet Relief - 25 GPM, Screw Adj, 1/2" NPT Ports N/A N/A RD-1850H 

RPJL-75-A Pilot Op. Poppet Relief - 25 GPM, Screw Adj, 3/4" NPT Ports N/A N/A RD-1875H 

RPL-100-A Pilot Op. Ball Relief - 60 GPM, Screw Adj - 1" NPT Ports N/A N/A N/A 

RPL-12-A Pilot Op. Ball Relief - 60 GPM, Screw Adj - SAE -12 Ports N/A RL12 N/A 

RPL-16-A Pilot Op. Ball Relief - 60 GPM, Screw Adj - SAE -16 Ports N/A RL16 N/A 

RPL-75-A Pilot Op. Ball Relief - 60 GPM, Screw Adj - 3/4" NPT Ports N/A RL75 N/A 

WJL-10-A-1250 Differential Poppet Relief, 25 GPM, Screw Adj - SAE -10 Ports RD14G N/A RV-3NL-500 

WJL-10-A-2000 Differential Poppet Relief, 25 GPM, Screw Adj - SAE -10 Ports RD14D N/A RV-3L 

WJL-10-A-2000V Differential Poppet Relief, 25 GPM, Screw Adj - SAE -10 Ports N/A N/A RV-3H 

WJL-10-A-2500 Differential Poppet Relief, 25 GPM, Screw Adj - SAE -10 Ports RD14E N/A RV-3H 

WJL-10-A-3000 Differential Poppet Relief, 25 GPM, Screw Adj - SAE -10 Ports RD14F N/A RV-3H 

WJL-10-0500 Differential Poppet Relief, 25 GPM, Shim Adj - SAE -10 Ports RD14A N/A RV-3L 

WJL-10-1250 Differential Poppet Relief, 25 GPM, Shim Adj - SAE -10 Ports RD24G N/A RV-3H 

WJL-10-2000 Differential Poppet Relief, 25 GPM, Shim Adj - SAE -10 Ports RD14D N/A RV-3L 

WJL-10-2500 Differential Poppet Relief, 25 GPM, Shim Adj - SAE -10 Ports RD14E N/A RV-3H 

WJL-10-3000 Differential Poppet Relief, 25 GPM, Shim Adj - SAE -10 Ports RD24F N/A RV-3H 

WJL-12-A-2000 Differential Poppet Relief, 25 GPM, Screw Adj - SAE -12 Ports RD15D N/A RV-1H 

WJL-12-A-2250 Differential Poppet Relief, 25 GPM, Screw Adj - SAE -12 Ports RD15G N/A RV-1H 

WJL-12-A-2500 Differential Poppet Relief, 25 GPM, Screw Adj - SAE -12 Ports RD15E N/A RV-1H 




Ph: 440-366-5200 Fax: 440-366-5253 




WJL-12-A-3000 Differential Poppet Relief, 25 GPM, Screw Adj - SAE -12 Ports RD15F N/A RV-1H 

WJL-12-2500 Differential Poppet Relief, 25 GPM, Shim Adj - SAE -12 Ports RD25E N/A RV-1H 

WJL-12-3000 Differential Poppet Relief, 25 GPM, Shim Adj - SAE -12 Ports RD25F N/A RV-1H 

WJL-50-A-1250 Differential Poppet Relief, 25 GPM, Screw Adj - 1/2" NPT Ports RD11G N/A RV-4L 

WJL-50-A-2000 Differential Poppet Relief, 25 GPM, Screw Adj - 1/2" NPT Ports RD11D N/A RV-4H 

WJL-50-A-2500 Differential Poppet Relief, 25 GPM, Screw Adj - 1/2" NPT Ports RD11E N/A RV-4H 

WJL-50-A-3000 Differential Poppet Relief, 25 GPM, Screw Adj - 1/2" NPT Ports RD11F N/A RV-4H 

WJL-50-1250 Differential Poppet Relief, 25 GPM, Shim Adj - 1/2" NPT Ports RD21G N/A RV-4L 

WJL-50-2000 Differential Poppet Relief, 25 GPM, Shim Adj - 1/2" NPT Ports RD21D N/A RV-4H 

WJL-50-2500 Differential Poppet Relief, 25 GPM, Shim Adj - 1/2" NPT Ports RD21E N/A RV-4H 

WJL-50-3000 Differential Poppet Relief, 25 GPM, Shim Adj - 1/2" NPT Ports RD21F N/A RV-4H 

WJL-75-A-1250 Differential Poppet Relief, 25 GPM, Screw Adj - 3/4"NPT Ports RD21F N/A RV-2L 

WJL-75-A-1500 Differential Poppet Relief, 25 GPM, Screw Adj - 3/4"NPT Ports RD12G N/A RV-2L 

WJL-75-A-2000 Differential Poppet Relief, 25 GPM, Screw Adj - 3/4"NPT Ports RD12D N/A RV-2H 

WJL-75-A-2500 Differential Poppet Relief, 25 GPM, Screw Adj - 3/4"NPT Ports RD12E N/A RV-2H 

WJL-75-A-3000 Differential Poppet Relief, 25 GPM, Screw Adj - 3/4"NPT Ports RD12F N/A RV-2H 

WJL-75-1250 Differential Poppet Relief, 25 GPM, Shim Adj - 3/4"NPT Ports RD22G N/A RV-2L 

WJL-75-2000 Differential Poppet Relief, 25 GPM, Shim Adj - 3/4"NPT Ports RD22D N/A RV-2H 

WJL-75-2500 Differential Poppet Relief, 25 GPM, Shim Adj - 3/4"NPT Ports RD22E N/A RV-2H 




Ph: 440-366-5200 Fax: 440-366-5253 


Flow Dividers 


PD-10-50 50-50 Flow Divider, 20 GPM, SAE -10 Ports N/A B50-10 N/A 

PD-10-60 60-40 Flow Divider, 20 GPM, SAE -10 Ports N/A B50-10-60:40 N/A 


PD-12-50 50-50 Flow Divider, 35 GPM, SAE -12 Ports N/A B50-12 RD-212-30 



PD-50-50 50-50 Flow Divider, 20 GPM, 1/2" NPT Ports N/A B50-1/2 RD-250-16 

PD-50-60 60-40 Flow Divider, 20 GPM, 1/2" NPT Ports N/A B50-1/2-60:40 N/A 


PD-75-50 50-50 Flow Divider, 35 GPM, 3/4" NPT Ports N/A B50-3/4 RD-275-30 



PDC-8-50 50-50 Flow Divider/Combiner, 20 GPM, SAE -8 Ports N/A N/A N/A 

PDC-10-50 50-50 Flow Divider/Combiner, 20 GPM, SAE -10 Ports N/A B100-10 N/A 

PDC-12-50 50-50 Flow Divider/Combiner, 35 GPM, SAE -12 Ports N/A B100-12 N/A 

PDC-50-50 50-50 Flow Divider/Combiner, 20 GPM, 1/2" NPT Ports N/A B100-1/2 N/A 

PDC-75-50 50-50 Flow Divider/Combiner, 35 GPM, 3/4" NPT Ports N/A B100-3/4 N/A 

Pilot Operated Check Valves 


LO-10-D Double PO Check, 25 GPM, SAE -10 Ports N/A N/A N/A 

LO-10-S Single PO Check, 25 GPM, SAE -10 Ports N/A N/A N/A 

LO-50-D Double PO Check, 25 GPM, 1/2" NPT Ports N/A N/A RD-1450 

LO-50-S Single PO Check, 25 GPM, 1/2" NPT Ports N/A N/A RD-1650 




Ph: 440-366-5200 Fax: 440-366-5253 


Pilot Operated Check Valves (continued) 


LOA-6-D Double PO Check, 8 GPM, SAE -6 Ports N/A N/A N/A 

LOA-6-S Single PO Check, 8 GPM, SAE -6 Ports N/A N/A N/A 

LOA-25-D Double PO Check, 8 GPM, 1/4" NPT Ports N/A N/A N/A 

LOA-25-S Single PO Check, 8 GPM, 1/4" NPT Ports N/A N/A N/A 

LOA-38-D Double PO Check, 8 GPM, 3/8" NPT Ports N/A N/A N/A 

LOA-38-S Single PO Check, 8 GPM, 3/8" NPT Ports N/A N/A N/A 

Selector Valves 


H-12 2 Pos, 3 Way Selector, 30 GPM, SAE -12 Ports (inline) N/A N/A Note 1 

H-75 2 Pos, 3 Way Selector, 30 GPM, 3/4" NPT Ports (inline) N/A N/A Note 1 

HM-8 2 Pos, 3 Way Selector, 10 GPM, SAE -8 Ports (manifold) N/A N/A N/A 

HM-38 2 Pos, 3 Way Selector, 20 GPM, 3/8" NPT Ports (manifold) N/A N/A N/A 

HM-50 2 Pos, 3 Way Selector, 20 GPM, 1/2" NPT Ports (manifold) N/A N/A N/A 

S-8 2 Pos, 3 Way Selector, 20 GPM, SAE -8 Ports (inline) VS2AKLF2 N/A SS-3A1D 

S-50 2 Pos, 3 Way Selector, 20 GPM, 1/2" NPT Ports (inline) VS2AKLF4 N/A SS-2A1D 

S-75 2 Pos, 3 Way Selector, 30 GPM, 3/4" NPT Ports (inline) N/A MS75 N/A 

S-100 2 Pos, 3 Way Selector, 60 GPM, 1" NPT Ports (inline) N/A N/A N/A 

SM-8 2 Pos, 3 Way Selector, 20 GPM, SAE -8 Ports (manifold) N/A N/A N/A 

SM-38 2 Pos, 3 Way Selector, 20 GPM, 3/8" NPT Ports (manifold) N/A N/A N/A 

SM-50 2 Pos, 3 Way Selector, 20 GPM, 1/2" NPT Ports (manifold) N/A N/A N/A 

DS-12 6 Ported Selector Valve, 25 GPM, SAE-12 Ports SD4AALA5 N/A DS-5A1E 

DS-75 6 Ported Selector Valve, 25 GPM, 3/4" NPT Ports SD4AALA4 N/A DS-4A1E 




Ph: 440-366-5200 Fax: 440-366-5253 


Hydraulic Pilot Valves 


HP-503-MA-NR Pilot Valve, 50 GPM, SAE -20 Ports, No Relief, 300 PSI Pilot N/A N/A N/A 

HP-503-MA-RPA Pilot Valve, 50 GPM, SAE -20 Ports, Relief, 300 PSI Pilot N/A N/A N/A 

HP-505-MA-NR Pilot Valve, 50 GPM, SAE -20 Ports, No Relief, 500 PSI Pilot N/A N/A N/A 

HP-505-MA-RPA Pilot Valve, 50 GPM, SAE -20 Ports, Relief, 500 PSI Pilot N/A N/A N/A 

Note 1 - offers a replacement in other port sizes 

Note 2 - considered a special; requires minimum purchases of 25 pieces 

Note 3 - adjustable style FG-5 is no longer offered 

Note 4 - only offered in SAE -16 ports - rated to 45 GPM 


H 




The BV3D Series is a 3-way diverter. The product is 

rated at 207 Bar (3000 PSI) and designed to economically 

satisfy many 3-way applications. 

Operation 

The BV3D Series operates by rotating the handle 90° 

or 180° depending on the chosen ball pattern. There is 

a slight port to port overlap. 


Maximum Pressure 207 Bar (3000 PSI) 

Body Material Carbon Steel, Black Oxide 

Ball Material Steel, Chrome Plated 

Stem Material Steel, Zinc Plated 

Standard Handle Steel Offset, Nickel Plated 

Ball Seals Delrin + MoS 2 

Spindle Seals O-Ring & Backup, Nitrile 

Operating -30°C to +100°C 

Temperature (-22°F to +212°F) 


Pressure 

PSI 

60 

4.1 

Bar 

50 3.5 

40 2.8 

30 2.1 

20 1.4 

10 .7 

0 

LPM 

0 

GPM 

2502-H5.p65, dd 

Pressure Drop 

Pressure Drop at Flow Curves, L-Bore "1" Ball 

3 ¼" / 8" 

½" ¾" 1" 1¼" 

38 

10 

Flow 

378 

100 

1½" 

2" 

3780 

1000 

High Pressure Ball Valves 

Series BV3D 

H28 

Features 

• The standard L-bore ball and T-bore option allows the 

valve to be utilized in a variety of applications. 

• Slight port overlap reduces upstream shock during 

shifting. 

• Utilizing the unique spindle thrust bearing design reduces 

actuation torque. 

• The BV3D can be panel mounted which allows a variety 

of installation options. 

• Delrin seals with molybdenum disulphide (MoS 2) results 

in lower actuation torque and will increase high duty life 

cycle expectancy. 

Actuation Torque 

(in-lbs x 1000) 

3.0 

2.0 

1.0 

0 

Bar 

0 

PSI 


70 

1000 




2" 

1 1/2" 

1 1/4" 

1" 

3/4" 

1/2" 

3/8" 

1/4" 

700 

10000



BV3D 

Series Size Port Ball 

Pattern 

Code Size 

04 1/4" 

06 3/8" 

08 1/2" 

12 3/4" 

16 1" 

20 1 1/4" 

24 1 1/2" 

32 2" 

Weights 

Code kg (lbs.) 

04 0.7 (1.5) 

06 0.9 (2.0) 

08 1.1 (2.5) 

12 2.7 (6.0) 

2502-H5.p65, dd 

Code Type 

N NPT Thread 

S SAE Thread 

B BSPP Thread 

U ISO 6149 Thread 

Diverter Valve Ball Porting Options 


16 3.4 (7.5) 

20 4.5 (10.0) 

24 6.4 (14.0) 

32 9.5 (21.0) 

Code Type 

S Steel 

K Stainless Steel 


Series BV3D 

H29 

Code Type 

Code Type 

A Locking Handle 

N Nitrile 

★C 1 Way Limit Switch 

V Fluorocarbon *E Panel Mount 

E EPR 

G 

★**K 

Flat Non-offset Handle 

1 Way Limit Switch w/Lock 

Code Type 

* Cannot be combined with other 

options 

** Switch is set to indicate valve open 

1 Delrin 

condition 

2 * 

4 

PTFE 

Peek 

★ When selecting this option, your 

ball valve will come with limit 

switch bracket, but does not 

* Valve pressure 

include the switch. The switch is 

rating reduced. 

Consult factory. 

sold separately (Part #LSB) 

Code Type 

S Steel 


Handle Phase 

90° 45° 0° -45° -90° Stop 

Ball ISO Circuit Ball Washer 

Code Symbol Pattern Type 

1 L-Bore 

Standard 

2 T-Bore 90° 

3 T-Bore 180° 

Body 

Material 

Ball & Stem 

Material 

Ball Seals Stem Seals 

Options Design 

Series 

NOTE: 

Not required 

when ordering. 




H

H 


Dimensions 

Threaded Ports 

G 

B C 

2502-H5.p65, dd 

J 

H 

Port 1 

Port 3 


Series BV3D 

Port 

Thread Working 

Dimensions mm (in) 

Code Size Pressure A B CL CT D E F G H J 

NPT and SAE Thread 

04 1/4" 207 Bar 69.6 35.1 6.1 6.1 17.0 35.1 114.3 75.7 35.1 52.1 

(3000 PSI) (2.74) (1.38) (0.24) (0.24) (0.67) (1.38) (4.50) (2.98) (1.38) (2.05) 

06 3/8" 207 Bar 72.9 38.1 9.7 9.7 15.2 41.9 114.3 79.0 41.9 57.4 

(3000 PSI) (2.87) (1.50) (0.38) (0.38) (0.60) (1.65) (4.50) (3.11) (1.65) (2.26) 

08 1/2" 207 Bar 85.1 41.4 13.0 13.0 19.1 47.0 114.3 82.0 50.8 69.9 

(3000 PSI) (3.35) (1.63) (0.51) (0.51) (0.75) (1.85) (4.50) (3.23) (2.00) (2.75) 

12 3/4" 207 Bar 96.5 57.2 20.1 20.1 17.8 61.0 177.8 119.4 54.1 71.6 

(3000 PSI) (3.80) (2.25) (0.79) (0.79) (0.70) (2.40) (7.00) (4.70) (2.13) (2.82) 

16 1" 207 Bar 114.0 63.5 24.1 24.1 24.4 65.3 177.8 125.7 63.5 87.9 

(3000 PSI) (4.49) (2.50) (0.95) (0.95) (0.96) (2.57) (7.00) (4.95) (2.50) (3.46) 

20 1 1/4" 207 Bar 122.9 81.3 32.0 32.0 21.6 80.0 254.0 160.3 93.7 115.3 

(3000 PSI) (4.84) (3.20) (1.26) (1.26) (0.85) (3.15) (10.00) (6.31) (3.69) (4.54) 

24 1 1/2" 207 Bar 135.4 92.5 38.1 38.1 25.1 85.1 254.0 171.7 106.4 131.6 

(3000 PSI) (5.33) (3.64) (1.50) (1.50) (0.99) (3.35) (10.00) (6.76) (4.19) (5.18) 

32 2" 207 Bar 166.1 109.2 48.0 48.0 33.0 100.1 254.0 188.5 127.0 160.0 

(3000 PSI) (6.54) (4.30) (1.89) (1.89) (1.30) (3.94) (10.00) (7.42) (5.00) (6.30) 

H30 

E 

A 

D 

Port 2 



Elyria, Ohio, USA



Seal Kit Accessories 

2502-H5.p65, dd 


Series BV3D 

Ball Valve Seal Kits restore a ball valve to factory specifications, providing 

no erosion or metal-to-metal wear has taken place. 

The Seal Kit includes all the o-rings, ball seals and thrust bearings that 

were originally installed at the factory. A sketch of these parts is provided 

at the right. 

Seal Kit Ordering Information 

SK BV3D 

Accessory Series Size Port Ball Body 

Pattern Material 

Code Type 

SK Seal Kit 

Code Size 

04 1/4" 

06 3/8" 

08 1/2" 

12 3/4" 

16 1" 

20 1 1/4" 

24 1 1/2" 

32 2" 

Code Type 

N NPT Thread 

S SAE Thread 

B BSPP Thread 


Diverter Valve Ball Porting Options 

Code Type 

S Steel 


H31 

Code Type 

1 Delrin 

2 * PTFE 

4 Peek 




Code Type 

S Steel 


Handle Phase 

90° 45° 0° -45° -90° Stop 



1 L-Bore 

Standard 

2 T-Bore 90° 

3 T-Bore 180° 

Ball & Stem 

Material 

Ball Seals Stem Seals Design 

Series 

NOTE: 

Not required 


Code Type 

N Nitrile 

V Fluorocarbon 

E EPR 




H

H 


Locking Handle Kit Accessories 

BVHPLK: Standard Series 'BVHPLK-*' kit replaces the 

stopwasher with a stationary and moving plate, as 

illustrated below. As the handle is actuated, the moving 

plate aligns with one of the two locking positions in the 

stationary plate, enabling the valve to be locked in 

either fully closed or fully open position. 

Insert padlock 

through both 

plates (here) to 

lock in CLOSED 

position. 


BV3D Standard Locking 

Code Size (Part Number) 

04 1/4" BVHPLK-1 

06 3/8" BVHPLK-1 

08 1/2" BVHPLK-1 

12 3/4" BVHPLK-2 

16 1" BVHPLK-2 

20 1 1/4" BVHPLK-3 

24 1 1/2" BVHPLK-3 


2502-H5.p65, dd 


through both 


lock in OPEN 

position. 


Series BV3D 

H32 



Elyria, Ohio, USA




The BV3H and BV4H Series are true 3-way and 4-way 

high pressure valves, incorporating many of the 

advanced features of the 2-way product. This product 

comes in steel and is rated at 414 Bar (6000 PSI). 

Ports range from 1/4" to 2" with a variety of porting 

options. 

Operation 

The BV3H Series operates by rotating the handle 90° 

and BV4H operates through 180° rotation of the 

handle, depending on the flow path. A BV4H with ball 

#4 is 90° operation. There is no port-to-port overlap 

during transition. 




Ball Material Steel, Chrome Plated, 

Trunnion mount 

Standard Pattern “L” Bore (3W), “T” Bore (4W) 

Spindle Material Steel, Zinc Plated 

Standard Handle T-Type Handle 


Spindle Seals O-Rings + Bearing Stacks 

Operating -30C° to +100°C 



Pressure 

PSI 

60 

4.1 

Bar 

50 3.5 

40 2.8 

30 2.1 

20 1.4 

10 .7 

0 

LPM 

0 

GPM 

2502-H6.p65, dd 

Pressure Drop 


3 ¼" / 8" 

½" ¾" 1" 1¼" 

38 

10 

Flow 

378 

100 

1½" 

2" 

3780 

1000 


Series BV3H and BV4H 

H33 

Note: Standard handle is T-Type (not pictured). 

Features 

• Three dimensional balanced sealing for near zero 

leakage in any circuit. 

• The unique thrust bearing spindle design reduces 

actuation torque and reduces the chance of the valve 

seizing when inactive for periods of time. 

• Special seal design enables high port to port ∆P 

application suitability. 

• A variety of ball patterns allows flexibility in many 

applications. 


(in-lbs x 1000) 

3.0 

2.0 

1.0 

0 

Bar 

0 

PSI 


70 

1000 

Line Pressure 




2" 

1 1/2" 

1 1/4" 

1" 

3/4" 

1/2" 

3/8" 

1/4" 

700 

10000 

H

H 



Series Size Port Ball 

Pattern 

Code Type 

BV3H 3-Way 

BV4H 4-Way 

2502-H6.p65, dd 

Code Size 

04 1/4" 

06 3/8" 

08 1/2" 

12 3/4" 

16 1" 

20 1 1/4" 

24 1 1/2" 

32 2" 

Code Type 

N NPT Thread 

S SAE Thread 

B BSPP Thread 

Body 

Material 

Code Type 

S Steel 

K Stainless 

Steel 



Code Type 

1 Delrin 

2 * PTFE 

4 Peek 




H34 

Code Type 

N Nitrile 


E EPR 

Handle Phase 

90° 45° 0° -45° -90° Stop 



1 L-Bore 

3-Way Std 

2 T-Bore 90° 

3-Way Opt 

3 T-Bore 180° 

4-WayStd 

4 X-Bore 90° 

4-Way Opt 

Ball & Stem 

Material 

Code Type 

S Steel 

K Stainless 

Steel 

Multiway Manifold Mount Valve Porting Options 

BV3H and BV4H valves are designed with no port-to-port overlap (see ISO symbols) 

during transition. Use the table below to select the ball pattern ordering code. 



Series 

NOTE: 

Not required 

when 

ordering. 

Code Type 



★K 1 Way Limit Switch w/Lock 






Weights 


04 1.8 (4.0 ) 

06 1.9 (4.2 ) 

08 2.9 (6.4) 

12 6.3 (13.9) 

16 11.5 (25.4 ) 

20 17.1 (37.7) 

24 24.3 (53.6) 

32 41.8 (92.2 ) 



Elyria, Ohio, USA


Dimensions 


2502-H6.p65, dd 

C 

D 



A 

Note: Standard handle is T-Type (not shown). Consult factory for dimensions. 

Port Working Dimensions mm (in) 

Code Size Pressure A B CL CT CX D E F G H 


04 1/4" 414 Bar 91.4 57.2 6.0 6.0 6.0 14.5 62.5 114.3 97.9 27.3 

(6000 PSI) (3.60) (2.25) (0.24) (0.24) (0.24) (0.57) (2.46) (4.50) (3.86) (1.07) 

06 3/8" 414 Bar 93.8 58.2 9.0 9.0 7.6 15.5 63.0 114.3 99.0 29.3 

(6000 PSI) (3.69) (2.29) (0.35) (0.35) (0.30) (0.61) (2.48) (4.50) (3.90) (1.15) 

08 1/2" 414 Bar 115.6 65.3 12.5 12.5 11.5 20.1 75.7 114.3 106.1 30.5 

(6000 PSI) (4.55) (2.57) (0.49) (0.49) (0.45) (0.79) (2.98) (4.50) (4.18) (1.20) 

12 3/4" 414 Bar 136.6 82.0 19.0 19.0 18.0 17.8 101.1 177.8 144.2 38.0 

(6000 PSI) (5.38) (3.23) (0.75) (0.75) (0.71) (0.70) (3.98) (7.00) (5.68) (1.50) 

16 1" 414 Bar 175.3 101.1 24.0 24.0 22.0 24.4 126.5) 177.8 16.2 44.4 

(6000 PSI) (6.90) (3.98) (0.95) (0.95) (0.87) (0.96) (4.98) (7.00) (6.43) (1.75) 

20 1 1/4" 414 Bar 188.6 114.8 31.5 31.5 28.6 21.6 145.5 254.0 193.9 52.8 

(6000 PSI) (7.42) (4.52) (1.24) (1.24) (1.13) (0.85) (5.73) (10.00) (7.64) (2.08) 

24 1 1/2" 414 Bar 215.0 125.9 36.1 36.1 33.0 25.1 164.6) 254.0 205.1 57.6 

(6000 PSI) (8.46) (4.96) (1.42) (1.42) (1.30) (0.99) (6.48) (10.00) (8.07) (2.27) 

32 2" 414 Bar 262.5 157.6 48.0 48.0 41.7 33.0 196.3 254.0 236.8 68.7 

(6000 PSI) (10.33) (6.21) (1.89) (1.89) (1.64) (1.30) (7.73) (10.00) (9.32) (2.71) 

H35 

E 

F 

H 

B 

G 




H

H 



2502-H6.p65, dd 

Code Type 

BV3H 3-Way 

BV4H 4-Way 

Code Size 

04 1/4" 

06 3/8" 

08 1/2" 

12 3/4" 

16 1" 

20 1 1/4" 

24 1 1/2" 

32 2" 









SK 

Accessory Series Size Port Ball Body 


Code Type 

SK Seal Kit 

Code Type 

N NPT Thread 

S SAE Thread 

B BSPP Thread 

Code Type 

S Steel 

H36 

Code Type 

S Steel 


BV3H and BV4H valves are designed with no port-to-port overlap (see ISO symbols) 

during transition. Use the table below to select the ball pattern ordering code. 


Series 

NOTE: 

Not required 

when 

ordering. 

Code Type 

N Nitrile 

Code 

1 

2 * 

Type 

Delrin 

PTFE 

V 

E 

Fluorocarbon 

EPR 

4 Peek 




Handle Phase 

90° 45° 0° -45° -90° Stop 



1 L-Bore 

3-Way Std 

2 T-Bore 90° 

3-Way Opt 

3 T-Bore 180° 

4-WayStd 

4 X-Bore 90° 

4-Way Opt 

S S 

Ball & Stem 

Material 



Elyria, Ohio, USA



BVHPLH: Standard Series 'BVHPLH-*' kit replaces the 







through both 



position. 


BV3H and BV4H Standard Locking 


04 1/4" BVHPLH-2 

06 3/8" BVHPLH-2 

08 1/2" BVHPLH-3 

12 3/4" BVHPLH-4 

16 1" BVHPLH-5 

20 1 1/4" BVHPLH-6 

24 1 1/2" BVHPLH-7 

32 2" BVHPLH-8 

2502-H6.p65, dd 




through both 


lock in OPEN 

position. 

H37 




H

H 




The BVAH Series is a 414 Bar (6000 PSI) ball valve 

with ports from 1¼" to 2". The BVAH Series is a 2-way 

shut-off valve to use in those applications with large 

ports. A variety of porting options are available including 

threaded, SAE 4-bolt flange, split flange and a 

combination of the two. 

Operation 

Parker’s 2-way ball valves operate to either off or full 

flow by rotating the handle 90°. Ball valves are not 

designed to be a metering or flow control device. 












Pressure 

PSI 

60 

4.1 

Bar 

50 3.5 

40 2.8 

30 2.1 

20 1.4 

10 .7 

0 

LPM 

0 

GPM 

2502-H2.p65, dd 

Pressure Drop 

3.8 38 

1 10 

Flow 

378 

100 

1¼" 

1½" 

2" 

3780 

1000 


Series BVAH 

H12 

Features 

• Thrust bearings and synthetic lubrication in the spindle 

results in one of the lowest torque requirements in the 

industry. 

• A wide variety of porting options and mounting options 

make the BVAH suitable for all mounting applications. 

• Delrin seals with molybdenum disulphide (MoS 2) results 

in lower actuation torque and will increase high duty life 

cycle expectancy. 

• The variety of spindle and ball sealing options makes the 

BVAH suitable for most media applications. 

• Limit switch is NEMA 4 with CSA/UL approval. 


(in-lbs x 1000) 

3.0 

2.0 

1.0 

0 

Bar 

0 

PSI 


70 

1000 

Line Pressure 




2" 

1½" 

1¼" 

700 

10000



BVAH 

Series Size Port Body 

Material 

Code Type 

N NPT Thread 

S SAE Thread 

B BSPP Thread 


C C.61 4-Bolt Flange 

D C.62 4-Bolt Flange 

E C.61 Split Flange 

F C.62 Split Flange 

G C.61 Combo 4B + Split 

H C.62 Combo 4B + Split 

2502-H2.p65, dd 

Code Size 

20 1 1/4" 

24 1 1/2" 

32 2" 

Replacement Handles 

Standard Steel Offset 

Series Part Number 

BVAH20 BVH-HS3 



Code Type 

S Steel 


Ball & Stem 

Material 

Code Type 

S Steel 



Series BVAH 

H13 

Ball Seals Stem Seals Options Design 

Series 

NOTE: 

Not required 

when 

Code Type 

ordering. 

N Nitrile 


E EPR 

Code Type 

1 Delrin 

2 * PTFE 

4 Peek 




Code Type 


B Security Locking Handle 


★D 2 Way Limit Switch 

*E Panel Mount 

G Flat Non-offset Handle 

★**K 1 Way Limit Switch w/Lock 

★L 2 Way Limit Switch w/Lock 


options 

** Switch is set to indicate valve 

open condition 


ball valve will come with the limit 




Weights 

Threaded C. 61 C. 62 

Code kg (lbs.) kg (lbs.) kg (lbs.) 

20 3.2 (7.0) 5.0 (11.0) 5.2 (12.9) 

24 4.5 (10.0) 7.0 (15.5) 7.3 (16.5) 

32 10.5 (23.0) 10.4 (26.2) 7.0 (15.5) 




H

H 


Dimensions 


B 

2502-H2.p65, dd 

C 

G 

D 


Series BVAH 

Port Dimensions mm (in) 


Code Size Pressure A B C D E F G 

NPT Thread and BSPP Thread 

20 1 1/4" 414 Bar 122.9 82.6 32.0 21.6 80.0 254.0 160.3 

(6000 PSI) (4.84) (3.25) (1.26) (0.85) (3.15) (10.00) (6.31) 

24 1 1/2" 414 Bar 135.4 95.3 38.1 25.1 85.1 254.0 171.7 

(6000 PSI) (5.33) (3.75) (1.50) (0.99) (3.35) (10.00) (6.76) 

32 2" 414 Bar 166.1 114.3 48.0 33.0 100.1 254.0 188.5 

(6000 PSI) (6.54) (4.50) (1.89) (1.30) (3.94) (10.00) (7.42) 

SAE Thread 

20 1 1/4" 414 Bar 122.9 88.9 32.0 21.6 80.0 254.0 160.3 

(6000 PSI) (4.84) (3.50) (1.26) (0.85) (3.15) (10.00) (6.31) 

24 1 1/2" 414 Bar 135.4 95.3 38.1 25.1 85.1 254.0 171.7 

(6000 PSI) (5.33) (3.75) (1.50) (0.99) (3.35) (10.00) (6.76) 

32 2" 414 Bar 166.1 114.3 48.0 33.0 100.1 254.0 188.5 

(6000 PSI) (6.54) (4.50) (1.89) (1.30) (3.94) (10.00) (7.42) 

E 

A 

H14 

Port 

F 



Elyria, Ohio, USA


Dimensions 

SAE 4-Bolt Flange 

B 

2502-H2.p65, dd 

K H 

C J 

G 

D 


Series BVAH 

SAE 4-B 

Flange Working 


Code Size Pressure A B C D E F G H J K 

SAE 4-Bolt C.61 Companion 

20 1 1/4" 207 Bar 175.3 82.6 32.0 47.8 80.0 254.0 160.3 30.2 58.7 7/16'’-14 

(3000 PSI) (6.90) (3.25) (1.26) (1.88) (3.15) (10.00) (6.31) (1.19) (2.31) 7/16'’-14 

24 1 1/2" 207 Bar 180.3 95.3 38.1 47.8 85.1 254.0 171.7 35.7 69.8 1/2'’-13 

(3000 PSI) (7.10) (3.75) (1.50) (1.88) (3.35) (10.00) (6.76) (1.41) (2.75) 1/2'’-13 

32 2" 207 Bar 204.7 114.3 48.0 52.3 100.1 254.0 188.5 42.9 77.9 1/2'’-13 

(3000 PSI) (8.06) (4.50) (1.89) (2.06) (3.94) (10.00) (7.42) (1.69) (3.06) 1/2'’-13 


20 1 1/4" 414 Bar 175.3 82.6 32.0 47.8 80.0 254.0 160.3 31.8 66.7 1/2'’-13 

(6000 PSI) (6.90) (3.25) (1.26) (1.88) (3.15) (10.00) (6.31) (1.25) (2.63) 1/2'’-13 

24 1 1/2" 414 Bar 180.3 95.3 38.1 47.8 85.1 254.0 171.7 36.4 79.4 5/8'’-11 

(6000 PSI) (7.10) (3.75) (1.50) (1.88) (3.35) (10.00) (6.76) (1.44) (3.13) 5/8'’-11 

32 2" 414 Bar 204.7 114.3 48.0 52.3 100.1 254.0 188.5 44.4 96.8 3/4'’-10 

(6000 PSI) (8.06) (4.50) (1.89) (2.06) (3.94) (10.00) (7.42) (1.75) (3.81) 3/4'’-10 

H15 

E 

A 

F 

Port 




H

H 


Dimensions 

SAE Split Flange 

B 

2502-H2.p65, dd 

C 

G 

D 


Series BVAH 

Split 



Code Size Pressure A B C D E F G H 

SAE Split Flange C.61 Companion 

20 1 1/4" 207 Bar 190.8 82.6 32.0 55.4 80.0 254.0 160.3 50.8 

(3000 PSI) (7.51) (3.25) (1.26) (2.18) (3.15) (10.00) (6.31) (2.00) 

24 1 1/2" 207 Bar 230.9 95.3 38.1 72.9 85.1 254.0 171.7 60.2 

(3000 PSI) (9.09) (3.75) (1.50) (2.87) (3.35) (10.00) (6.76) (2.37) 

32 2" 207 Bar 231.7 114.3 48.0 65.8 100.1 254.0 188.5 71.4 

(3000 PSI) (9.12) (4.50) (1.89) (2.59) (3.94) (10.00) (7.42) (2.81) 


20 1 1/4" 414 Bar 222.8 82.6 32.0 71.4 80.0 254.0 160.3 54.1 

(6000 PSI) (8.77) (3.25) (1.26) (2.81) (3.15) (10.00) (6.31) (2.13) 

24 1 1/2" 414 Bar 281.2 95.3 38.1 98.0 85.1 254.0 171.7 63.5 

(6000 PSI) (11.07) (3.75) (1.50) (3.86) (3.35) (10.00) (6.76) (2.50) 

32 2" 414 Bar 316.0 114.3 48.0 108.0 100.1 254.0 188.5 79.5 

(6000 PSI) (12.44) (4.50) (1.89) (4.25) (3.94) (10.00) (7.42) (3.13) 

H16 

E 

A 

F 

H 



Elyria, Ohio, USA


Dimensions 

Combination SAE 4-Bolt and SAE Split Flange 

2502-H2.p65, dd 

H K 

J 

4-Bolt 

D 


Series BVAH 

SAE 




SAE 4-Bolt + Split, C.61 Companion 

20 1 1/4" 207 Bar 183.9 82.6 32.0 47.8 55.4 254.0 160.3 30.2 58.7 7/16'’-14 

(3000 PSI) (7.24) (3.25) (1.26) (1.88) (2.18) (10.00) (6.31) (1.19) (2.31) 7/16'’-14 

24 1 1/2" 207 Bar 205.5 95.3 38.1 47.8 72.9 254.0 171.7 35.7 69.8 1/2'’-13 

(3000 PSI) (8.09) (3.75) (1.50) (1.88) (2.87) (10.00) (6.76) (1.41) (2.75) 1/2'’-13 

32 2" 207 Bar 218.2 114.3 48.0 52.3 68.3 254.0 188.5 42.9 78.0 1/2'’-13 

(3000 PSI) (8.59) (4.50) (1.89) (2.06) (2.69) (10.00) (7.42) (1.69) (3.07) 1/2'’-13 

SAE 4-Bolt + Split, C.62 Companion 

20 1 1/4" 414 Bar 198.9 82.6 32.0 47.8 71.4 254.0 160.3 31.8 66.7 1/2'’-13 

(6000 PSI) (7.83) (3.25) (1.26) (1.88) (2.81) (10.00) (6.31) (1.25) (2.63) 1/2'’-13 

24 1 1/2" 414 Bar 230.6 95.3 38.1 47.8 98.0 254.0 171.7 36.4 79.4 5/8'’-11 

(6000 PSI) (9.08) (3.75) (1.50) (1.88) (3.86) (10.00) (6.76) (1.44) (3.13) 5/8'’-11 

32 2" 414 Bar 260.4 114.3 48.0 52.3 108.0 254.0 188.5 44.4 96.8 3/4'’-10 

(6000 PSI) (10.25) (4.50) (1.89) (2.06) (4.25) (10.00) (7.42) (1.75) (3.81) 3/4'’-10 

H17 

A 

E 

F 

Split Flange 

C 




G 

H

H 



2502-H2.p65, dd 


Series BVAH 




were originally installed at the factory. 


SK BVAH 

Accessory Series Size Port Body 

Material 

Code Type 

SK Seal Kit 

Code Size 

20 1 1/4" 

24 1 1/2" 

32 2" 

Code Type 

N NPT Thread 

S SAE Thread 

B BSPP Thread 



D C.62 4-Bolt Flange 





Code Type 

S Steel 


H18 

Ball & Stem 

Material 

Code Type 

S Steel 



Series 

NOTE: 

Not required 

when 

ordering. 

Code Type 

1 Delrin 

2 * PTFE 

4 Peek 




Code Type 

N Nitrile 


E EPR 









Elyria, Ohio, USA










through both 



position. 


BVAH Standard Locking 


20 1 1/4" BVHPLK-3 

24 1 1/2" BVHPLK-3 


2502-H2.p65, dd 


through both 


lock in OPEN 

position. 


Series BVAH 

H19 




H

H 




The BVAL Series ball valves are designed to meet the 

needs of suction line and low pressure applications. 

This series is available from 1/4" to 4" ports NPT, SAE 

and BSPP, and is designed to assure leak free hydraulic 

suction and return line durability. 

Operation 






Body Material Aluminum 

Ball Material Brass, Chrome Plated 

Stem Material Brass, Oversize Bearing Area 


Ball Seals PTFE standard 





Pressure 

PSI 

60 

4.1 

Bar 

50 3.5 

40 2.8 

30 2.1 

20 1.4 

10 .7 

0 

LPM 

0 

GPM 

2502-H8.p65, dd 

Pressure Drop 

3.8 38 

1 10 

Flow 

378 

100 

2½" 

3" 

4" 

3780 

1000 


Series BVAL 

H44 

Features 

• Unrestricted bore from 1/4" to 4". 

• Unrestricted flow and cavitation eliminated. 

• Availability of NPT, SAE and BSPP o-ring sealed ports 

assure leak-free service. 

• Choice of optional seal materials allows use with 

phosphate esters, water glycols and other media. 

• Utilizes top grade PTFE ball seats with o-ring seals 

throughout to assure smooth and leak-free operation. 


(in-lbs x 1000) 

3.0 

2.0 

1.0 

0 

Bar 

0 

PSI 


70 

1000 

Line Pressure 

4" 

3" 




700 

10000 

2 1/2"



BVAL 

Series Size Port Body Ball & Stem 

Material Material 

Code Size 

4 1/4" 

6 3/8" 

8 1/2" 

12 3/4" 

16 1' 

20 1 1/4" 

24 1 1/2" 

32 2" 

40 2 1/2" 

48 3" 

64 4" 

Code Weight 

kg (lbs.) 

4 0.3 (0.6) 

6 0.3 (0.6) 

8 0.2 (0.4) 

12 0.3 (0.6) 


2502-H8.p65, dd 


Series BVAL 




were originally installed at the factory. A sketch of these parts for most 

2-way valves is provided at the right. 


SK BVAL 

Accessory Series Size Port 

Body 

Material 

Code Type 

SK Seal Kit 

Code Type 

N NPT Thread 

S SAE Thread 

B BSPP Thread 


Code Weight 

kg (lbs.) 

16 0.3 (0.6) 

20 0.8 (1.8) 

24 1.1 (2.4) 

32 1.7 (3.8) 

Code Size 

40 2 1/2" 

48 3" 

64 4" 

Code Type 

S Aluminum 

Code Weight 

kg (lbs.) 

40 4.8 (10.5 ) 

48 5.1 (11.2) 

64 7.7 (17.0) 

Code Type 

N NPT Thread 

S SAE Thread 

B BSPP Thread 


S S 2 

Code Type 

S Brass 

Code Type 

2 PTFE 

S S 2 

Code Type 

S Aluminum 

H45 



Series 

NOTE: 

Not required 

when 

ordering. 

Code Type 

N Nitrile 


E EPR 

Ball & Stem 

Material 

Code Type 

S Brass 

Code Type 




D 2 Way Limit Switch 






options 









Series 

NOTE: 

Not required 

when 

ordering. 

Code Type 

Code Type 

N Nitrile 

2 PTFE 


E EPR 




H

H 


Dimensions 


G 

2502-H8.p65, dd 

B 

C 

D 


Series BVAL 





4 1/4" 28 Bar 66.8 38.1 6.4 65.8 38.1 85.6 33.3 

(400 PSI) (2.63) (1.50) (0.25) (2.59) (1.50) (3.37) (1.31) 

6 3/8" 28 Bar 66.8 38.1 9.7 65.8 38.1 85.6 33.3 

(400 PSI) (2.63) (1.50) (0.38) (2.59) (1.50) (3.37) (1.31) 

8 1/2" 28 Bar 66.8 38.1 12.7 65.8 38.1 85.6 33.3 

(400 PSI) (2.63) (1.50) (0.50) (2.59) (1.50) (3.37) (1.31) 

12 3/4" 28 Bar 83.3 44.5 19.1 95.8 44.5 130.0 36.3 

(400 PSI) (3.28) (1.75) (0.75) (3.77) (1.75) (5.12) (1.43) 

16 1" 28 Bar 88.4 50.8 25.4 102.1 50.8 130.0 39.6 

(400 PSI) (3.48) (2.00) (1.00) (4.02) (2.00) (5.12) (1.56) 

20 1 1/4" 28 Bar 99.1 69.9 31.8 129.8 66.3 173.0 53.8 

(400 PSI) (3.90) (2.75) (1.25) (5.11) (2.61) (6.81) (2.12) 

24 1 1/2" 28 Bar 109.7 82.6 38.1 142.2 78.7 173.0 59.9 

(400 PSI) (4.32) (3.25) (1.50) (5.60) (3.10) (6.81) (2.36) 

32 2" 28 Bar 124.5 101.6 50.8 160.8 97.3 173.0 67.3 

(400 PSI) (4.90) (4.00) (2.00) (6.33) (3.83) (6.81) (2.65) 

40 2 1/2" 28 Bar 152.4 127.0 63.5 200.4 135.9 222.3 92.2 

(400 PSI) (6.00) (5.00) (2.50) (7.89) (5.35) (8.75) (3.63) 

48 3" 28 Bar 185.7 152.4 76.2 224.8 160.3 222.3 103.9 

(400 PSI) (7.31) (6.00) (3.00) (8.85) (6.31) (8.75) (4.09) 

64 4" 28 Bar 225.8 177.8 101.6 251.5 186.9 222.3 117.6 

(400 PSI) (8.89) (7.00) (4.00) (9.90) (7.36) (8.75) (4.63) 

H46 

A 

E 

F 



Elyria, Ohio, USA










through both 



position. 


BVAL Standard Locking 


4 1/4" BVHPLK-1 

6 3/8" BVHPLK-1 

8 1/2" BVHPLK-1 

12 3/4" BVHPLK-2 


20 1 1/4" BVHPLK-3 

24 1 1/2" BVHPLK-3 


40 2 1/2" BVHPLK-4 



2502-H8.p65, dd 


through both 


lock in OPEN 

position. 


Series BVAL 

H47 




H

H 




The BVAM Series is a 2-way ball valve rated at 

138 Bar (2000 PSI). This product provides a cost 

effective solution where 414 Bar (6000 PSI) is not 

required. Many features found on the 414 Bar (6000 

PSI) unit are incorporated in this cost effective product. 

Operation 















Pressure 

PSI Bar 

20 1.4 

10 .7 

0 

LPM 

0 

GPM 

2502-H4.p65, dd 

Pressure Drop 

3.8 38 

1 10 

Flow 

378 

100 

2½" 

3" 

4" 

3780 

1000 


Series BVAM 

H24 

Features 

• A full range of threaded porting options allows mounting 

in most applications. 

• The use of MoS 2 mounted ball seals and synthetic 

lubricant creates a low actuation torque and ensures long 

life. 

• The wide range of spindle and ball sealing materials 

allows use in most known fluid applications. 


(in-lbs x 1000) 

3.0 

2.0 

1.0 

0 

Bar 

0 

PSI 


70 

1000 

Line Pressure 

4" 

3" 

2½" 




700 

10000



BVAM 


Material 





were originally installed at the factory. 


SK 


Material 

Code Type 

SK Seal Kit 

2502-H4.p65, dd 

Code Size 

40 2 1/2" 

48 3" 

64 4" 

Weights 


40 12.3 (27.0) 

48 16.9 (37.2) 

64 24.8 (54.5) 

Code Type 

N NPT Thread 

S SAE Thread 

B BSPP Thread 

BVAM 

Code Size 

40 2 1/2" 

48 3" 

64 4" 

Code Type 

S Steel 

S S 1 

Ball & Stem 

Material 

Code Type 

S Steel 

Code Type 

N NPT Thread 

S SAE Thread 

B BSPP Thread 


Series BVAM 

S S 1 

Code Type 

S Steel 

H25 


Series 

NOTE: 

Not required 

when 

ordering. 

Code Type 

N Nitrile 


E EPR 

Code Type 

1 Delrin 

Ball & Stem 

Material 

Code Type 

S Steel 

Code Type 










options 






include the limit switch. The 

switch is sold separately (Part 

#LSB) 


Series 

NOTE: 

Not required 

when 

ordering. 

Code Type 

1 Delrin 

Code Type 

N Nitrile 


E EPR 




H

H 


Dimensions 


2502-H4.p65, dd 

B 

C 

G 

D 


Series BVAM 




40 2 1/2" 138 Bar 184.2 133.4 63.5 28.7 127.0 254.0 228.3 

(2000 PSI) (7.25) (5.25) (2.50) (1.13) (5.00) (10.00) (8.99) 

48 3" 138 Bar 221.2 158.8 76.2 35.1 151.4 254.0 253.7 

(2000 PSI) (8.71) (6.25) (3.00) (1.38) (5.96) (10.00) (9.99) 

64 4" 138 Bar 248.9 184.2 101.6 38.1 172.7 254.0 279.1 

(2000 PSI) (9.80) (7.25) (4.00) (1.50) (6.80) (10.00) (10.99) 

H26 

E 

A 

F 



Elyria, Ohio, USA









2502-H4.p65, dd 


through both 



position. 


BVAM Standard Locking 


40 2 1/2" BVHPLK-4 




Series BVAM 


through both 


lock in OPEN 

position. 

H27 




H

H 




The BVHH Series is used for shut-off applications and 

is rated at 690 Bar or 10,000 PSI. These valves 

represent the strongest ball valve in the industry. The 

BVHH comes in ports 1/2" to 2" and SAE, NPT and 

BSPP ports. 

Operation 





Maximum Pressure 690 Bar (10,000 PSI) 










Pressure 

PSI 

60 

4.1 

Bar 

50 3.5 

40 2.8 

30 2.1 

20 1.4 

10 .7 

0 

LPM 

0 

GPM 

2502-H3.p65, dd 

Pressure Drop 

3.8 38 

1 10 

Flow 

½" ¾" 1" 1¼" 

378 

100 

1½" 

2" 

3780 

1000 


Series BVHH 

H20 

Features 

• Encased Delrin moly ball seals increase the reliability 

compared to ring reinforcement designs. 

• The BVHH is fully ported resulting in very low pressure 

drop. 

• Nitrile seals are standard with fluorocarbon and EPR as 

options. 

• The BVHH is available with options found in the 404 Bar 

(6000 PSI) models. 


(in-lbs x 1000) 

3.0 

2.0 

1.0 

0 

Bar 

0 

PSI 


70 

1000 

Line Pressure 




2" 

1½" 

1¼" 

1" 

¾" 

½" 

700 

10000

Catalog 2502/USA 


BVHH 


Material 

Code Size 

08 1/2" 

12 3/4" 

16 1" 

20 1 1/4" 

24 1 1/2" 

32 2" 

Weights 


08 1.7 (3.8) 

12 2.9 (6.3) 

16 4.8 (10.5) 

20 6.8 (15.0) 

24 9.7 (21.4) 

32 14.8 (32.6) 


2502-H3.p65, dd 


Series BVHH 







SK 


Material 

Code Type 

SK Seal Kit 

BVHH 

Code Type 

N NPT 

S SAE 

B BSPP 

Code Size 

08 1/2" 

12 3/4" 

16 1" 

20 1 1/4" 

24 1 1/2" 

32 2" 

S 

Code Type 

S Steel 

Code Type 

S Steel 


Code Type 

N NPT 

S SAE 

B BSPP 

Ball & Stem 

Material 

S 

Code Type 

S Steel 

Code Type 

S Steel 


H21 


Series 

NOTE: 

Not required 

when 

ordering. 

Code Type 

1 Delrin 

4 Peek 

Code Type 

N Nitrile 


E EPR 

Ball & Stem 

Material 

Code Type 










options 









Series 

NOTE: 

Not required 

when 

ordering. 

Code Type 

N Nitrile 


Code Type 

E EPR 

1 Delrin 

4 Peek 




H

H 


Dimensions 


B 

2502-H3.p65, dd 

C 

G 

D 


Series BVHH 




NPT and SAE 

08 1/2" 690 Bar 107.9 50.8 11.9 22.9 63.5 114.3 72.4 

(10,000 PSI) (4.25) (2.00) (0.47) (0.90) (2.50) (4.50) (2.85) 

12 3/4" 690 Bar 114.3 63.5 18.5 22.9 70.1 155.7 91.4 

(10,000 PSI) (4.50) (2.50) (0.73) (0.90) (2.76) (6.13) (3.60) 

16 1" 690 Bar 133.3 76.2 24.4 27.9 77.5 155.7 107.9 

(10,000 PSI) (5.25) (3.00) (0.96) (1.10) (3.05) (6.13) (4.25) 

20 1 1/4" 690 Bar 139.7 88.9 30.7 30.5 78.7 210.8 124.5 

(10,000 PSI) (5.50) (3.50) (1.21) (1.20) (3.10) (8.30) (4.90) 

24 1 1/2" 690 Bar 152.4 101.6 36.1 34.3 83.8 210.8 139.7 

(10,000 PSI) (6.00) (4.00) (1.42) (1.35) (3.30) (8.30) (5.50) 

32 2" 690 Bar 165.1 120.6 48.5 38.1 88.9 210.8 167.6 

(10,000 PSI) (6.50) (4.75) (1.91) (1.50) (3.50) (8.30) (6.60) 

E 

A 

H22 

Port 

F 



Elyria, Ohio, USA

Catalog 2502/USA 



stopwasher with a stationary and moving plate, 

as illustrated below. As the handle is actuated, the 

moving plate aligns with one of the two locking positions 

in the stationary plate, enabling the valve 

to be locked in either fully closed or fully open 

position. 


through both 



position. 


BVHH Standard Locking 


08 1/2" BVHPLK-1 

12 3/4" BVHPLK-2 


20 1 1/4" BVHPLK-3 

24 1 1/2" BVHPLK-3 


2502-H3.p65, dd 


through both 


lock in OPEN 

position. 


Series BVHH 

H23 




H

H 




The BVHP Series is used for shut-off applications and 

is rated at 414 Bar (6000 PSI). The wide variety of 

porting options plus the wide range of accessories 

make the BVHP the choice for high pressure systems 

with ports up to 1". 

Operation 















Pressure 

PSI 

60 

4.1 

Bar 

50 3.5 

40 2.8 

30 2.1 

20 1.4 

10 .7 

0 

LPM 

0 

GPM 

2502-H1.p65, dd 

Pressure Drop 

3 ¼" / 8" 

½" ¾" 1" 

3.8 38 

1 10 

Flow 

378 

100 

3780 

1000 


Series BVHP 

H4 

Features 

• The use of nylon thrust bearings and synthetic lube 

packing reduces the actuation torque and helps prevent 

valve seizures even after long term exposure. 

• Delrin seals with molybdenum disulphide (MoS 2) 

results in lower actuation torque and will increase high 

duty life cycle expectancy. 

• BVHP products are full ported, which means an 

unrestricted bore which results in C v and ∆P closely 

approximating a like length section of fluid line. 

• Code 61 and 62 rotating flange design allows easy 

alignment with mating flanges. 

• Limit switch is NEMA 4 with CSA/UL approval. 


(in-lbs x 1000) 

2.0 

1.0 

0 

Bar 

0 

PSI 


70 

1000 

Line Pressure 




1" 

¾" 

½" 

3/ 8" 

¼" 

700 

10000



BVHP 


Material 

Code Type 

N NPT Thread 

S SAE Thread 

B BSPP Thread 


*C C.61 4-Bolt Flange 

*D C.62 4-Bolt Flange 

*E C.61 Split Flange 

*F C.62 Split Flange 

*G C.61 Combo 4B + Split 

*H C.62 Combo 4B + Split 

*Available in ½" – 1" 

2502-H1.p65, dd 

Code Size 

04 1/4" 

06 3/8" 

08 1/2" 

12 3/4" 

16 1" 




BVHP04 BVH-HS1 





Code Type 

S Steel 


Ball & Stem 

Material 

Code Type 

S Steel 



Series BVHP 

H5 


Series 

NOTE: 

Not required 

when 

ordering. 

Code Type 

1 Delrin 

2 * PTFE 

4 Peek 

*Valve pressure 



Code Type 

N Nitrile 


E EPR 

Code Type 


B Security Locking Handle Kit 








options 








Weights 

Threaded C.61, 3000 psi C.62, 6000 psi 

Code kg (lbs.) kg (lbs.) kg (lbs.) 

04 0.5 (1.0) — — 

06 0.7 (1.5) — — 

08 0.9 (2.0) 1.7 (3.5) 1.8 (3.9) 

12 1.8 (4.0) 2.7 (6.0) 2.9 (6.4) 

16 2.3 (5.0) 3.6 (8.0) 4.0 (8.8) 




H

H 


Dimensions 


2502-H1.p65, dd 

C 

B 

B 

G 

D 


Series BVHP 





04 1/4" 414 Bar 69.6 35.1 6.1 17.0 35.3 114.3 75.7 

(6000 PSI) (2.74) (1.38) (0.24) (0.67) (1.39) (4.50) (2.98) 

06 3/8" 414 Bar 72.9 38.1 9.9 15.2 41.9 114.3 79.0 

(6000 PSI) (2.87) (1.50) (0.39) (0.60) (1.65) (4.50) (3.11) 

08 1/2" 414 Bar 85.0 41.4 13.0 19.1 47.0 114.3 82.0 

(6000 PSI) (3.35) (1.63) (0.51) (0.75) (1.85) (4.50) (3.23) 

12 3/4" 414 Bar 96.5 57.2 20.1 17.8 61.0 177.8 119.4 

(6000 PSI) (3.80) (2.25) (0.79) (0.70) (2.40) (7.00) (4.70) 

16 1" 414 Bar 114.1 63.5 24.1 24.4 65.3 177.8 125.7 

(6000 PSI) (4.49) (2.50) (0.95) (0.96) (2.57) (7.00) (4.95) 

E 

A 

H6 

F 

Port 



Elyria, Ohio, USA


Dimensions 

SAE 4-Bolt Flange 

2502-H1.p65, dd 

H 

B 

C 

K 

J 

B 

G 

D 


Series BVHP 





08 1/2" 207 Bar 105.7 41.4 13.0 29.5 47.0 114.3 82.0 17.5 38.1 5/16"-18 

(3000 PSI) (4.16) (1.63) (0.51) (1.16) (1.85) (4.50) (3.23) (0.69) (1.50) 5/16"-18 

12 3/4" 207 Bar 119.6 57.2 20.1 29.5 61.0 177.8 119.4 22.2 47.6 3/8"-16 

(3000 PSI) (4.71) (2.25) (0.79) (1.16) (2.40) (7.00) (4.70) (0.88) (1.88) 3/8"-16 

16 1" 207 Bar 129.8 63.5 24.9 32.3 65.3 177.8 125.7 26.2 52.6 3/8"-16 

(3000 PSI) (5.11) (2.50) (0.98) (1.27) (2.57) (7.00) (4.95) (1.03) (2.07) 3/8"-16 


08 1/2" 414 Bar 105.7 41.4 13.0 29.5 47.0 114.3 82.0 18.3 40.4 5/16"-18 

(6000 PSI) (4.16) (1.63) (0.51) (1.16) (1.85) (4.50) (3.23) (0.72) (1.59) 5/16"-18 

12 3/4" 414 Bar 119.6 57.2 20.1 29.5 61.0 177.8 119.4 23.9 50.8 3/8"-16 

(6000 PSI) (4.71) (2.25) (0.79) (1.16) (2.40) (7.00) (4.70) (0.94) (2.00) 3/8"-16 

16 1" 414 Bar 129.8 63.5 24.9 32.3 65.3 177.8 125.7 27.8 57.1 7/16"-14 

(6000 PSI) (5.11) (2.50) (0.98) (1.27) (2.57) (7.00) (4.95) (1.10) (2.25) 7/16"-14 

H7 

E 

A 

F 




H

H 


Dimensions 

SAE Split Flange 

B 

2502-H1.p65, dd 

C 

B 

G 

D 


Series BVHP 

SAE Split 



Code Size Pressure A B C D E F G H 


08 1/2" 207 Bar 151.1 41.4 13.0 5.21 47.0 114.3 82.0 30.2 

(3000 PSI) (5.95) (1.63) (0.51) (2.05) (1.85) (4.50) (3.23) (1.19) 

12 3/4" 207 Bar 162.1 57.2 20.1 50.5 61.0 177.8 119.4 38.1 

(3000 PSI) (6.38) (2.25) (0.79) (1.99) (2.40) (7.00) (4.70) (1.50) 

16 1" 207 Bar 177.6 63.5 24.9 56.1 65.3 177.8 125.7 44.4 

(3000 PSI) (6.99) (2.50) (0.98) (2.21) (2.57) (7.00) (4.95) (1.75) 

SAE Split Flange 4-Bolt C.62 Companion 

08 1/2" 414 Bar 151.1 41.4 13.0 52.1 47.0 114.3 82.0 31.8 

(6000 PSI) (5.95) (1.63) (0.51) (2.05) (1.85) (4.50) (3.23) (1.25) 

12 3/4" 414 Bar 174.2 57.2 20.1 56.6 61.0 177.8 119.4 41.4 

(6000 PSI) (6.86) (2.25) (0.79) (2.23) (2.40) (7.00) (4.70) (1.63) 

16 1" 414 Bar 197.9 63.5 24.9 66.3 65.3 177.8 125.7 47.5 

(6000 PSI) (7.79) (2.50) (0.98) (2.61) (2.57) (7.00) (4.95) (1.87) 

H8 

E 

A 

F 

H 



Elyria, Ohio, USA


Dimensions 

Combination SAE 4-Bolt and SAE Split Flange 

2502-H1.p65, dd 

H 

K 

B 

J 

4-Bolt 

D 


Series BVHP 

SAE 




SAE 4-Bolt + Split C.61 Companion 

08 1/2" 207 Bar 128.5 41.4 13.0 29.5 52.1 114.3 82.0 17.5 38.1 5/16"-18 

(3000 PSI) (5.06) (1.63) (0.51) (1.16) (2.05) (4.50) (3.23) (0.69) (1.50) 5/16"-18 

12 3/4" 207 Bar 141.0 57.2 20.1 29.5 50.6 177.8 119.4 22.2 47.6 3/8"-16 

(3000 PSI) (5.55) (2.25) (0.79) (1.16) (1.99) (7.00) (4.70) (0.88) (1.88) 3/8"-16 

16 1" 207 Bar 153.7 63.5 24.9 32.3 56.1 177.8 125.7 26.2 52.6 3/8"-16 

(3000 PSI) (6.05) (2.50) (0.98) (1.27) (2.21) (7.00) (4.95) (1.03) (2.07) 3/8"-16 

SAE 4-Bolt + Split C.62 Companion 

08 1/2" 414 Bar 128.5 41.4 13.0 29.5 52.1 114.3 82.0 18.3 40.4 5/16"-18 

(6000 PSI) (5.06) (1.63) (0.51) (1.16) (2.05) (4.50) (3.23) (0.72) (1.59) 5/16"-18 

12 3/4" 414 Bar 147.1 57.2 20.1 29.5 56.6 177.8 119.4 23.9 50.8 3/8"-16 

(6000 PSI) (5.79) (2.25) (0.79) (1.16) (2.23) (7.00) (4.70) (0.94) (2.00) 3/8"-16 

16 1" 414 Bar 163.8 63.5 24.9 32.3 66.3 177.8 125.7 27.8 57.1 7/16"-14 

(6000 PSI) (6.45) (2.50) (0.98) (1.27) (2.61) (7.00) (4.95) (1.10) (2.25) 7/16"-14 

A 

H9 

E 

F 

Split Flange 

C 




G 

H

H 



Parker Ball Valve Seal Kits restore a ball valve to factory specifications, 

providing no erosion or metal-to-metal wear has taken place. 


were originally installed at the factory. A sketch of these parts for most 

2-way valves is provided at the right. 


SK BVHP 


Material 

Code Type 

SK Seal Kit 

2502-H1.p65, dd 

Code Size 

04 1/4" 

06 3/8" 

08 1/2" 

12 3/4" 

16 1" 

Code Type 

N NPT Thread 

S SAE Thread 

B BSPP Thread 








Series BVHP 

Code Type 

S Steel 


H10 

Ball & Stem 

Material 

Code Type 

S Steel 



Series 

NOTE: 

Not required 

when 

ordering. 

Code Type 

1 Delrin 

2 * PTFE 

4 Peek 




Code Type 

N Nitrile 


E EPR 











Elyria, Ohio, USA










through both 



position. 


BVHP Standard Locking 


04 1/4" BVHPLK-1 

06 3/8" BVHPLK-1 

08 1/2" BVHPLK-1 

12 3/4" BVHPLK-2 


2502-H1.p65, dd 


through both 


lock in OPEN 

position. 


Series BVHP 

H11 




H

H 




The BVMM Series is a manifold mounted high pressure 

414 Bar (6000 PSI) 2 or 3-way ball valve. Manifold 

mounting eliminates an external fluid connection. 

Operation 

The BVMM Series operates through either 90° or 180° 

depending on the ball pattern chosen. 





Spindle Material Steel, Nickel Plated 

Standard Handle Steel, Offset, Nickel Plated 


Spindle Seals O-Rings & Backup, Nitrile 




Pressure 

PSI 

60 

4.1 

Bar 

50 3.5 

40 2.8 

30 2.1 

20 1.4 

10 .7 

0 

LPM 

0 

GPM 

2502-H7.p65, dd 

Pressure Drop 


3 ¼" / 8" 

½" ¾" 1" 1¼" 

38 

10 

Flow 

378 

100 

1½" 

3780 

1000 


Series BVMM 

H38 

Features 

• Variety of ball patterns allow for different flow paths and 

flexibility for many applications. 

• Thrust bearings in the spindle and delrin moly ball seals 

result in low actuation torque as well as extended service 

life. 


(in-lbs x 1000) 

3.0 

2.0 

1.0 

0 

Bar 

0 

PSI 


70 

1000 

Line Pressure 




1 1/2" 

1 1/4" 

1" 

3/4" 

1/2" 

3/8" 

1/4" 

700 

10000



BVMM 

Series Size Ball 

Pattern 


2502-H7.p65, dd 

Code Size 

04 1/4" 

06 3/8" 

08 1/2" 

12 3/4" 

16 1" 

20 1 1/4" 

24 1 1/2" 

32 2" 

Code Type 

S Steel 


Series BVMM 

Handle Phase 

90° 45° 0° -45° -90° Stop 



1 2-Way 

S S 

Body 

Material 

2 L-Bore 

Port Overlap 

3 L-Bore 

No Overlap 

4 T-Bore 90° 

5 T-Bore 180° 

Ball & Stem 

Material 

Code Type 

S Steel 

Please request a certified print before building a manifold. 



Series 

NOTE: 

Not required 

when 

ordering. 

Code Type 

1 Delrin 

2 * PTFE 

4 Peek 




H39 

Code Type 

N Nitrile 


E EPR 

Code Type 




★*K 1 Way Limit Switch w/Lock 

* Switch is set to indicate valve 







Weights 


04 1.1 (2.5 ) 

06 2.0 (4.4) 

08 2.3 (5.1) 

12 3.4 (7.5) 

16 5.2 (11.5 ) 

20 10.5 (23.1) 

24 15.1 (33.3) 

32 24.0 (52.9 ) 




H

H 


Dimensions 

Manifold Mounted 

2502-H7.p65, dd 

C 

B 

E 

G 

K 


Series BVMM 

C O-Ring 


Port Working Dimensions mm (in) 

Code Size Pressure A B CLD E F G H J K 

BVMM 2-Way and 3-Way Manifold Mounted 

041 1/4" 414 Bar 76.2 38.1 6.1 9.5 50.8 114.3 79.0 42.0 n/a 35.0 

(6000 PSI) (3.00) (1.50) (0.24) (0.375) (2.00) (4.50) (3.11) (1.653) (n/a) (1.377) 

061 3/8" 414 Bar 81.8 40.9 9.7 9.5 55.6 114.3 81.8 55.0 n/a 40.0 

(6000 PSI) (3.22) (1.61) (0.38) (0.375) (2.19) (4.50) (3.22) (2.165) (n/a) (1.575) 

08 1/2" 414 Bar 111.3 49.8 13.0 12.7 60.5 114.3 90.7 83.0 41.5 45.0 

(6000 PSI) (4.38) (1.96) (0.51) (0.500) (2.38) (4.50) (3.57) (3.267) (1.634) (1.771) 

12 3/4" 414 Bar 144.0 69.9 20.1 11.4 69.9 177.8 132.1 97.0 48.5 51.0 

(6000 PSI) (5.67) (2.75) (0.79) (0.450) (2.75) (7.00) (5.20) (3.818) (1.909) (2.007) 

16 1" 414 Bar 158.8 82.6 23.9 12.7 82.6 177.8 144.8 115.0 57.5 60.0 

(6000 PSI) (6.25) (3.25) (0.94) (0.500) (3.25) (7.00) (5.70) (4.528) (2.264) (2.362) 

20 1 1/4" 414 Bar 180.3 100.1 31.8 15.9 101.6 254.0 179.1 136.0 68.0 78.0 

(6000 PSI) (7.10) (3.94) (1.25) (0.625) (4.00) (10.00) (7.05) (5.354) (2.677) (3.070) 

24 1 1/2" 414 Bar 196.1 100.3 38.1 15.9 127.0 254.0 179.6 112.0 56.0 95.0 

(6000 PSI) (7.72) (3.95) (1.50) (0.625) (5.00) (10.00) (7.07) (4.409) (2.205) (3.740) 

32 2" 414 Bar 246.9 112.3 48.0 15.9 152.4 254.0 191.5 136.0 68.0 112.0 

(6000 PSI) (9.72) (4.42) (1.89) (0.625) (6.00) (10.00) (7.54) (5.354) (2.677) (4.409) 

NOTES: (1) These sizes use only the four outside mounting holes. Dimension H is not applicable. 

(2) Ball portings for multiway valves are somewhat smaller than their 2-way counterparts. Please refer to dimension C to 

confirm suitability. 

H40 

A 

H 

J 

D 

F 

F 



Elyria, Ohio, USA


Dimensions 

Manifold Porting Specifications 

2502-H7.p65, dd 


Series BVMM 

E F 

Port 

Size 

2 1 3 


Code 

Port 

Size A B C D E F G 

BVMM Mounting Pad Specifications 

04 1/4" 12.7 16.1 17.0 39.0 8.9 13.9 7.9 

(0.500) (0.635) (0.670) (1.535) (0.350) (0.547) (0.312) 

06 3/8" 15.9 16.0 19.1 44.0 8.9 7.2 7.8 

(0.625) (0.628) (0.750) (1.732) (0.350) (0.285) (0.308) 

08 1/2" 19.1 24.1 26.4 58.0 8.9 7.4 7.7 

(0.750) (0.947) (1.040) (2.283) (0.350) (0.293) (0.302) 

12 3/4" 27.0 40.5 30.7 69.0 10.4 22.7 9.4 

(1.063) (1.594) (1.210) (2.716) (0.410) (0.892) (0.372) 

16 1" 33.4 4.16 38.0 81.0 13.0 21.6 11.3 

(1.313) (1.636) (1.496) (3.188) (0.510) (0.849) (0.444) 

20 1 1/4" 39.7 40.1 46.0 96.0 13.1 17.2 11.8 

(1.563) (1.580) (1.810) (3.780) (0.516) (0.676) (0.465) 

24 1 1/2" 47.6 42.2 56.1 112.0 16.7 42.2 16.0 

(1.875) (1.661) (2.210) (4.409) (0.656) (1.661) (0.630) 

32 2" 57.2 55.3 67.8 136.0 21.1 55.3 20.2 

(2.250) (2.176) (2.670) (5.354) (0.830) (2.178) 0.796) 

C 

H41 

D 

B 

G 

A 




H

H 



2502-H7.p65, dd 

Code Size 

04 1/4" 

06 3/8" 

08 1/2" 

12 3/4" 

16 1" 

20 1 1/4" 

24 1 1/2" 

32 2" 


Series BVMM 







SK 

Code Type 

SK Seal Kit 

BVMM 

Accessory Series Size Ball 

Body 



Code Type 

S Steel 

H42 

Code Type 

S Steel 

Handle Phase 

90° 45° 0° -45° -90° Stop 



1 2-Way 

2 L-Bore 

Port Overlap 

3 L-Bore 

No Overlap 

4 T-Bore 90° 

5 T-Bore 180° 

S S 

Ball & Stem 

Material 

Code Type 

1 Delrin 

2 * PTFE 

4 Peek 




SOME 

MODELS 


Series 

NOTE: 

Not required 

when 

ordering. 

Code Type 

N Nitrile 


E EPR 



Elyria, Ohio, USA



BVMM2LK: Standard Series 'BVMM2LK-*' kit replaces 

the stopwasher with a stationary and moving plate, as 






through both 


lock in OPEN 

position. 


through both 



position. 


BVMM Standard Locking 


04 1/4" BVMM2LK-1 

06 3/8" BVMM2LK-2 

08 1/2" BVMM2LK-3 

12 3/4" BVMM2LK-4 

16 1" BVMM2LK-5 

20 1 1/4" BVMM2LK-6 

24 1 1/2" BVMM2LK-7 

32 2" BVMM2LK-8 

2502-H7.p65, dd 


Series BVMM 

H43 




H

H 


Low Pressure Ball Valves 

Technical Information Series 50*SS 


Series 50*SS low pressure, stainless steel ball valves 

provide total shut-off capability for services up to 138 

Bar (2000 PSI). 

Operation 

A quarter turn of the handle is on or off. Ball Valves are 

not intended for use as a throttling valve. Attempting to 

use it in these applications may result in premature 

seal failure and/or inability to turn the valve handle. 

Features 

• Ball valve bodies are machined from CF-8M stainless 

steel castings, equivalent of 316 stainless steel which is 

suited for corrosive environments. 

• Highly inert PTFE seats and seals provide resistance to 

chemical corrosion. 

• Blowout proof stem design, 316 stainless ball and a 

special design handle enable increased turn and 

leverage for ease of opening and closing. 

• Padlocking handle option provides lock-out capability 

where required. 

• Style 502 allows panel mounting for installation flexibility. 


2502-H12.p65, dd 

Style 

Code Type 

V Valve 

VP Valve, Locking Handle 

Code Type 

501 Male/Female NPT Ports 

502 Female/Female NPT Ports 

Panel Mount 

H68 


SS 

Working Pressure 138 Bar (2000 PSI) 

Body Material CF-8M Stainless Steel 

316SS Cast Equivalent 

Ball and Stem Material 316 Stainless Steel 

Type Material Size * 

Code Type 

SS Stainless Steel 

Type 

501 502 Code Size 

Y Y 4 1/4" NPT 

Y Y 6 3/8" NPT 

Y Y 8 1/2" NPT 

Y Y 12 3/4" NPT 

Y Y 16 1" NPT 

N Y 20 1 1/4" NPT 

N Y 24 1 1/2" NPT 

N Y 32 2" NPT 

*Note: Y = Yes, it is available 

in this type 

N = Not available in 

this type 

Design 

Series 

NOTE: 

Not required 




Elyria, Ohio, USA




Pressure 

PSI 

2000 

1500 

Bar 

138 

104 

1000 69 

500 35 

0 

°C 0 

°F 32 

Flow Data 

2502-H12.p65, dd 

1/4" to 1" 

1-1/4" to 2" 

10 

50 

38 

100 

66 93 121 

150 200 250 

Temperature 

Type 501SS Type 502SS 

Valve 

Size 

CV Valve 

Size 

CV 1/4" 4.0 1/4" 4.0 

3/8" 6.0 3/8" 6.0 

1/2" 14.0 1/2" 14.0 

3/4" 35.0 3/4" 35.0 

1" 54.0 1" 54.0 

1-1/4" 74.0 

1-1/2" 120.0 

2" 226.0 

149 

300 

177 204 

350 400 


Series 50*SS 

H69 




H

H 



Dimensions Series 501SS 

Model V501SS 

Part Pipe Dimensions mm (in) D 

Number Thread Hex 

J K L M N 

Flow Ø 

Male-Female Pipe Ends V501SS 

V501SS4 1/4" 15/16" 12.7 28.4 142.2 67.3 50.0 7.1 

(.50) (1.12) (5.60) (2.65) (1.97) (.280) 

V501SS6 3/8" 15/16" 12.7 28.4 142.2 67.3 50.0 9.5 

(.50) (1.12) (5.60) (2.65) (1.97) (.375) 

V501SS8 1/2" 1-1/16" 12.7 28.4 148.6 77.5 50.8 12.7 

(.50) (1.12) (5.85) (3.05) (2.00) (.500) 

V501SS12 3/4" 1-3/8" 22.4 34.8 184.7 97.8 64.8 18.3 

(.88) (1.37) (7.27) (3.85) (2.55) (.720) 

V501SS16 1" 1-5/8" 22.4 34.8 190.0 108.0 68.1 23.9 

(.88) (1.37) (7.48) (4.25) (2.68) (.940) 

2502-H12.p65, dd 

D 

J 

M 

L 

H70 

10-24 UNC-2B 

2X 

ON 

OFF 

HEX 

2X 

K 

N 



Elyria, Ohio, USA



Dimensions Series 502SS 

Model V502SS and VP502SS 

V502SS and VP502SS 

2502-H12.p65, dd 

D 

F 

K 

J 

10-24 UNC-2B 

2X 

ON 

OFF 

HEX 

2X 

Part B/C Dimensions mm (in) D Panel Mount 

Number Size Hex 

F G H J K L 

Flow Ø Thread 

Female to Female Panel Mount 

V*502SS4 1/4" 15/16" 12.7 28.6 101.6 127.8 52.6 64.0 9.5 10-24 UNC 

(0.50) (1.13) 4.00 (5.03) (2.07) (2.52) (0.38) 

V*502SS6 3/8" 15/16" 12.7 28.6 101.6 127.8 52.6 64.0 9.5 10-24 UNC 

(0.50) (1.13) 4.00 (5.03) (2.07) (2.52) (0.38) 

V*502SS8 1/2" 1-1/16" 12.7 28.6 101.6 130.3 57.7 67.3 12.7 10-24 UNC 

(0.50) (1.13) 4.00 (5.13) (2.27) (2.65) (0.50) 

V*502SS12 3/4" 1-3/8" 22.2 34.9 127.0 169.4 85.1 87.9 20.1 10-24 UNC 

(0.88) (1.38) (5.00) (6.67) (3.35) (3.46) (0.79) 

V*502SS16 1" 1-5/8" 22.2 34.9 127.0 172.0 89.9 95.0 25.4 10-24 UNC 

(0.88) (1.38) (5.00) (6.77) (3.54) (3.74) (1.00) 

V*502SS20 1-1/4" 2" 25.4 38.1 177.8 228.6 101.6 115.6 31.8 1/4-20 UNC 

(1.00) (1.50) (7.00) (9.00) (4.00) (4.55) (1.25) 

V*502SS24 1-1/2" 2-3/8" 25.4 38.1 177.8 182.6 111.3 137.7 38.1 1/4-20 UNC 

(1.00) (1.50) (7.00) (7.19) (4.38) (5.42) (1.50) 

V*502SS32 2" 3" 25.4 38.1 177.8 247.7 139.7 144.3 50.8 1/4-20 UNC 

(1.00) (1.50) (7.00) 9.75 (5.50) (5.68) (2.00) 

Locking handle parts: For use with 5/16" diameter shank lock 

H71 

H 

G 

L 




H

H 




Series 500 low pressure ball valves provide total shutoff 

capability for services up to 41 Bar (600 PSI). 

Series 500 consists of NPT female/female ports, series 

510 and 501 are male/female in SAE and NPT respectfully. 

Series 502 features panel mounting capability. 

Operation 

A quarter turn of the handle is on or off. Ball valves are 




Features 

• Ball valve bodies are machined from high quality CA377 

forgings which provide extended service life and resist 

failure caused by severe temperature conditions. 



• Blowout proof stem design, chrome plated brass ball and 

a special design handle enable increased turn and 


• Padlocking handle option provides lock-out capability 


• Venting option relieves downstream pressure in 

pneumatic applications. 


Code Type 

V Valve 

VP Valve, Padlocking Handle 

VV Valve, Vented 

VVP Valve Vented, Padlocking 

Handle 

2502-H10.p65, dd 

Code Type 


501 Male/Female NPT Ports 


Panel Mount 

510 Male/Female Straight Thread 

O-Ring Ports 

P 

Code Type 

P Brass 


Series 500 

H54 



Vented Up To 17 Bar (250 PSI) 

Working Pressure Saturated steam 

10 Bar (150 PSI) and 

204°C (400°F) 

Vacuum 29 in. Hg 

Style Type Material 

Size 

Options 

Code Size 

4 1/4" NPT 

6 3/8" NPT 

8 1/2" NPT 

12 3/4" NPT 

16 1" NPT 

20* 1 1/4" NPT 

24* 1 1/2" NPT 

32* 2" NPT 

* Available only in 

500 Type 

Design 

Series 

NOTE: 

Not required 


Code Type 

01 Stainless Steel Ball & Stem 

(-4 to -16) 

02 Stainless Steel Handle & Nut 

03 Stainless Steel Ball, Stem, 

Handle & Nut (-4 to -16) 



Elyria, Ohio, USA



Technical Information Series 500 


Pressure 

PSI 

600 

450 

Bar 

41 

31 

300 21 

150 10 

0 

°C 0 

°F 32 

Flow Data 

2502-H10.p65, dd 

10 

50 

38 

100 

66 93 

150 200 

Temperature 

121 

250 

149 

300 

Type 500, 502 Type 510 Type 501 

Valve 

Size 

CV Valve 

Size 

CV Valve 

Size 

CV 177 

350 

1/4" 4.0 1/4" 0.8 1/4" 6.3 

3/8" 5.8 3/8" 2.1 3/8" 5.7 

1/2" 12.0 1/2" 5.3 1/2" 10.0 

3/4" 35.0 3/4" 13.0 3/4" 25.0 

1" 54.0 1" 33.0 1" 35.0 

1-1/4" 57.0 — — — — 

1-1/2" 92.0 — — — — 

2" 224.0 — — — — 

H55 




H

H 



Dimensions Series 500 

Model V500P and VP500P 

Part Pipe Thread B C Dimensions mm (in) D 

Number (PTF) Hex Hex 

K L M N 

Flow Ø 

Female-Female Pipe Ends V500P 

V500P4 1/4" 15/16" 15/16" 100.6 124.5 51.6 62.7 9.5 

(3.96) (4.90) (2.03) (2.47) (.375) 

V500P6 3/8" 15/16" 15/16" 100.6 124.5 51.6 62.7 9.5 

(3.96) (4.90) (2.03) (2.47) (.375) 

V500P8 1/2" 1-1/16" 1-1/16" 100.6 127.0 55.9 65.5 12.7 

(3.96) (5.00) (2.20) (2.58) (.500) 

V500P12 3/4" 1-1/4" 1-5/16" 100.6 133.4 61.5 71.4 17.4 

(3.96) (5.25) (2.42) (2.81) (.685) 

V500P16 1" 1-1/2" 1-9/16" 100.6 135.6 69.9 78.2 22.2 

(3.96) (5.34) (2.75) (3.08) (.875) 

Locking Handle, Female Pipe Ends VP500P (Shown above) 

VP500P4 1/4" 15/16" 15/16" 100.6 124.5 51.6 62.7 9.5 

(3.96) (4.90) (2.03) (2.47) (.375) 

VP500P6 3/8" 15/16" 15/16" 100.6 124.5 51.6 62.7 9.5 

(3.96) (4.90) (2.03) (2.47) (.375) 

VP500P8 1/2" 1-1/16" 1-1/16" 100.6 127.0 55.9 65.5 12.7 

(3.96) (5.00) (2.20) (2.58) (.500) 

VP500P12 3/4" 1-1/4" 1-5/16" 100.6 133.4 61.5 71.4 17.4 

(3.96) (5.25) (2.42) (2.81) (.685) 

VP500P16 1" 1-1/2" 1-9/16" 100.6 135.6 69.9 78.2 22.2 

(3.96) (5.34) (2.75) (3.08) (.875) 

Locking handle parts: For use with 5/16" Ø shank lock; 33Ø 

2502-H10.p65, dd 

C HEX 

M 

H56 

L 

ON 

OFF 

Ø.33 

D 

K 

B HEX 

N 



Elyria, Ohio, USA




Model VV500P and VVP500P 

Part Pipe B C Dimensions mm (in) D 

Number Thread Hex Hex 

J K L M N 

Flow Ø 

Vented, Female Pipe Ends VV500P 

VV500P4 1/4" 15/16" 15/16" 100.6 28.2 124.5 51.6 62.7 9.5 

(3.96) (1.11) (4.90) (2.03) (2.47) (.375) 

VV500P6 3/8" 15/16" 15/16" 100.6 28.2 124.5 51.6 62.7 9.5 

(3.96) (1.11) (4.90) (2.03) (2.47) (.375) 

VV500P8 1/2" 1-1/16" 1-1/16" 100.6 31.2 127.0 55.9 65.5 12.7 

(3.96) (1.23) (5.00) (2.20) (2.58) (.500) 

VV500P12 3/4" 1-1/4" 1-5/16" 100.6 36.8 133.4 61.5 71.4 17.4 

(3.96) (1.45) (5.25) (2.42) (2.81) (.685) 

VV500P16 1" 1-1/2" 1-9/16" 100.6 40.1 135.6 69.9 78.2 22.2 

(3.96) (1.58) (5.34) (2.75) (3.08) (.875) 

OSHA 29 CFR Part 1910 Vented, Locking Handle, Female Pipe Ends VVP500P (Shown above) 

VVP500P4 1/4" 15/16" 15/16" 100.6 28.2 124.5 51.6 62.7 9.5 

(3.96) (1.11) (4.90) (2.03) (2.47) (.375) 

VVP500P6 3/8" 15/16" 15/16" 100.6 28.2 124.5 51.6 62.7 9.5 

(3.96) (1.11) (4.90) (2.03) (2.47) (.375) 

VVP500P8 1/2" 1-1/16" 1-1/16" 100.6 31.2 127.0 55.9 65.5 12.7 

(3.96) (1.23) (5.00) (2.20) (2.58) (.500) 

VVP500P12 3/4" 1-1/4" 1-5/16" 100.6 36.8 133.4 61.5 71.4 17.4 

(3.96) (1.45) (5.25) (2.42) (2.81) (.685) 

VVP500P16 1" 1-1/2" 1-9/16" 100.6 40.1 135.6 69.9 78.2 22.2 

(3.96) (1.58) (5.34) (2.75) (3.08) (.875) 

Locking handle parts: For use with 5/16" Ø shank lock 

2502-H10.p65, dd 

C HEX 

K 

M 

H57 

L 

ON 

OFF 

J 

Ø.33 

B HEX 

D 

10-32 UNF-2B 

(ALL SIZES) 

N 




H

H 







K L M N 

Flow Ø 

Male-Female Pipe Ends V501P 

V501P4 1/4" 15/16" 15/16" 100.6 138.7 65.8 62.7 8.7 

(3.96) (5.46) (2.59) (2.47) (.344) 

V501P6 3/8" 15/16" 15/16" 100.6 138.7 65.8 62.7 9.5 

(3.96) (5.46) (2.59) (2.47) (.375) 

V501P8 1/2" 1-1/16" 1-1/16" 100.6 146.1 74.9 65.5 12.7 

(3.96) (5.75) (2.95) (2.58) (.500) 

V501P12 3/4" 1-1/4" 1-5/16" 100.6 148.1 76.2 71.4 17.4 

(3.96) (5.83) (3.00) (2.81) (.685) 

V501P16 1" 1-1/2" 1-9/16" 100.6 157.2 91.4 78.2 22.2 

(3.96) (6.19) (3.60) (3.08) (.875) 

Locking Handle, Male-Female Pipe Ends VP501P (Shown above) 

VP501P4 1/4" 15/16" 15/16" 100.6 138.7 65.8 62.7 8.7 

(3.96) (5.46) (2.59) (2.47) (.344) 

VP501P6 3/8" 15/16" 15/16" 100.6 138.7 65.8 62.7 9.5 

(3.96) (5.46) (2.59) (2.47) (.375) 

VP501P8 1/2" 1-1/16" 1-1/16" 100.6 146.1 74.9 65.5 12.7 

(3.96) (5.75) (2.95) (2.58) (.500) 

VP501P12 3/4" 1-1/4" 1-5/16" 100.6 148.1 76.2 71.4 17.4 

(3.96) (5.83) (3.00) (2.81) (.685) 

VP501P16 1" 1-1/2" 1-9/16" 100.6 157.2 91.4 78.2 22.2 

(3.96) (6.19) (3.60) (3.08) (.875) 

Locking handle parts: For use with 5/16'’ ∅ shank lock 

2502-H10.p65, dd 

C HEX 

M 

H58 

L 

ON 

OFF 

Ø .33 

D 

K 

B HEX 

N 



Elyria, Ohio, USA





Part Pipe Thread B C Dimensions mm (in) D 

Number (PTF) Hex Hex 

J K L M N 

Flow Ø 

Vented, Male-Female Pipe Ends VV501P 

VV501P4 1/4" 15/16" 15/16" 100.6 42.4 138.7 65.8 62.7 8.7 

(3.96) (1.67) (5.46) (2.59) (2.47) (.344) 

VV501P6 3/8" 15/16" 15/16" 100.6 42.4 138.7 65.8 62.7 9.5 

(3.96) (1.67) (5.46) (2.59) (2.47) (.375) 

VV501P8 1/2" 1-1/16" 1-1/16" 100.6 50.3 146.1 74.9 65.5 12.7 

(3.96) (1.98) (5.75) (2.95) (2.58) (.500) 

VV501P12 3/4" 1-1/4" 1-5/16" 100.6 51.6 148.1 76.2 71.4 17.4 

(3.96) (2.03) (5.83) (3.00) (2.81) (.685) 

VV501P16 1" 1-1/2" 1-9/16" 100.6 61.7 157.2 91.4 78.2 22.2 

OSHA 29 CFR Part 1910 

(3.96) (2.43) (6.19) (3.60) (3.08) (.875) 

Vented, Locking Handle, Male-Female Pipe Ends VVP501P (Shown above) 

VVP501P4 1/4" 15/16" 15/16" 100.6 42.4 138.7 65.8 62.7 8.7 

(3.96) (1.67) (5.46) (2.59) (2.47) (.344) 

VVP501P6 3/8" 15/16" 15/16" 100.6 42.4 138.7 65.8 62.7 9.5 

(3.96) (1.67) (5.46) (2.59) (2.47) (.375) 

VVP501P8 1/2" 1-1/16" 1-1/16" 100.6 50.3 146.1 74.9 65.5 12.7 

(3.96) (1.98) (5.75) (2.95) (2.58) (.500) 

VVP501P12 3/4" 1-1/4" 1-5/16" 100.6 51.6 148.1 76.2 71.4 17.4 

(3.96) (2.03) (5.83) (3.00) (2.81) (.685) 

VVP501P16 1" 1-1/2" 1-9/16" 100.6 61.7 157.2 91.4 78.2 22.2 

(3.96) (2.43) (6.19) (3.60) (3.08) (.875) 


2502-H10.p65, dd 

C HEX 

K 

M 

H59 

L 

ON 

OFF 

J 

Ø.33 

B HEX 

D 

10-32 UNF-2B 

(ALL SIZES) 

N 




H

H 


Dimensions 


2502-H10.p65, dd 

C HEX 

K 


Series 502 

Part B C Dimensions mm (in) D 

Number Size Hex Hex 

F G H J K L 

Flow Ø 

Female-Female Pipe Ends, Panel Mount V502P 

V502P4 1/4" 15/16" 15/16" 12.7 28.4 100.6 124.5 51.6 62.7 9.5 

(0.50) (1.12) (3.96) (4.90) (2.03) (2.47) (.375) 

V502P6 3/8" 15/16" 15/16" 12.7 28.4 100.6 124.5 51.6 62.7 9.5 

(0.50) (1.12) (3.96) (4.90) (2.03) (2.47) (.375) 

V502P8 1/2" 1-1/16" 1-1/16" 12.7 28.4 100.6 127.0 55.9 65.5 12.7 

(0.50) (1.12) (3.96) (5.00) (2.20) (2.58) (.500) 

V502P12 3/4" 1-1/4" 1-5/16" 22.1 34.8 100.6 133.4 61.5 71.4 17.4 

(0.87) (1.37) (3.96) (5.25) (2.42) (2.81) (.685) 

V502P16 1" 1-1/2" 1-9/16" 22.1 34.8 100.6 135.6 69.9 78.2 22.2 

(0.87) (1.37) (3.96) (5.34) (2.75) (3.08) (.875) 

Locking Handle, Female Pipe Ends, Panel Mount VP502P (Shown above) 

VP502P4 1/4" 15/16" 15/16" 12.7 28.4 100.6 124.5 51.6 62.7 9.5 

(0.50) (1.12) (3.96) (4.90) (2.03) (2.47) (.375) 

VP502P6 3/8" 15/16" 15/16" 12.7 28.4 100.6 124.5 51.6 62.7 9.5 

(0.50) (1.12) (3.96) (4.90) (2.03) (2.47) (.375) 

VP502P8 1/2" 1-1/16" 1-1/16" 12.7 28.4 100.6 127.0 55.9 65.5 12.7 

(0.50) (1.12) (3.96) (5.00) (2.20) (2.58) (.500) 

VP502P12 3/4" 1-1/4" 1-5/16" 22.1 34.8 100.6 133.4 61.5 71.4 17.4 

(0.87) (1.37) (3.96) (5.25) (2.42) (2.81) (.685) 

VP502P16 1" 1-1/2" 1-9/16" 22.1 34.8 100.6 135.6 69.9 78.2 22.2 

(0.87) (1.37) (3.96) (5.34) (2.75) (3.08) (.875) 


H60 

J 

ON 

OFF 

H 

F 10-24 UNC-2B 

Ø.33 

D 

B HEX 

G 

L 



Elyria, Ohio, USA


Dimensions 


2502-H10.p65, dd 

C HEX J 

L 

F 


Series 502 



F G H J K L M 

Flow Ø 

Vented, Female-Female Pipe Ends, Panel Mount VV502P 

VV502P4 1/4" 15/16" 15/16" 12.7 28.4 100.6 28.2 124.5 51.6 62.7 9.5 

(0.50) (1.12) (3.96) (1.11) (4.90) (2.03) (2.47) (.375) 

VV502P6 3/8" 15/16" 15/16" 12.7 28.4 100.6 28.2 124.5 51.6 62.7 9.5 

(0.50) (1.12) (3.96) (1.11) (4.90) (2.03) (2.47) (.375) 

VV502P8 1/2" 1-1/16" 1-1/16" 12.7 28.4 100.6 31.2 127.0 55.9 65.5 12.7 

(0.50) (1.12) (3.96) (1.23) (5.00) (2.20) (2.58) (.500) 

VV502P12 3/4" 1-1/4" 1-5/16" 22.1 34.8 100.6 36.8 133.4 61.5 71.4 17.4 

(0.87) (1.37) (3.96) (1.45) (5.25) (2.42) (2.81) (.685) 

VV502P16 1" 1-1/2" 1-9/16" 22.1 34.8 100.6 40.1 135.6 69.9 78.2 22.2 

(0.87) (1.37) (3.96) (1.58) (5.34) (2.75) (3.08) (.875) 


Vented, Locking Handle, Female Pipe Ends, Panel Mount VVP502P (Shown above) 

VVP502P4 1/4" 15/16" 15/16" 12.7 28.4 100.6 28.2 124.5 51.6 62.7 9.5 

(0.50) (1.12) (3.96) (1.11) (4.90) (2.03) (2.47) (.375) 

VVP502P6 3/8" 15/16" 15/16" 12.7 28.4 100.6 28.2 124.5 51.6 62.7 9.5 

(0.50) (1.12) (3.96) (1.11) (4.90) (2.03) (2.47) (.375) 

VVP502P8 1/2" 1-1/16" 1-1/16" 12.7 28.4 100.6 31.2 127.0 55.9 65.5 12.7 

(0.50) (1.12) (3.96) (1.23) (5.00) (2.20) (2.58) (.500) 

VVP502P12 3/4" 1-1/4" 1-5/16" 22.1 34.8 100.6 36.8 133.4 61.5 71.4 17.4 

(0.87) (1.37) (3.96) (1.45) (5.25) (2.42) (2.81) (.685) 

VVP502P16 1" 1-1/2" 1-9/16" 22.1 34.8 100.6 40.1 135.6 69.9 78.2 22.2 

(0.87) (1.37) (3.96) (1.58) (5.34) (2.75) (3.08) (.875) 


H61 

ON 

K 

OFF 

H 

10-24 UNC-2B 

Ø.33 

B HEX 

D 

10-32 UNF-2B 

(ALL SIZES) 

M 

G 




H

H 


Dimensions 


2502-H10.p65, dd 

D 

C HEX 

M 


Series 510 

H62 

L 

ON 

OFF 

Ø.33 

J 

B HEX 

Part Straight B C Dimensions mm (in) D 

Number Thread Hex He 

K L M N 

Flow Ø 

Male-Female, Straight Thread O-Ring Port V510P 

V510P4 7/16-20 15/16" 15/16" 100.6 142.5 72.4 62.7 4.8 

(3.96) (5.61) (2.85) (2.47) (.188) 

V510P6 9/16-18 15/16" 15/16" 100.6 144.3 74.2 62.7 7.1 

(3.96) (5.68) (2.92) (2.47) (.281) 

V510P8 3/4-16 1-1/16" 1-1/16" 100.6 149.4 80.5 65.5 10.7 

(3.96) (5.88) (3.17) (2.58) (.422) 

V510P12 1-1/16-12 1-1/4" 1-5/16" 100.6 163.6 102.4 71.4 16.7 

(3.96) (6.44) (4.03) (2.81) (.656) 

V510P16 1-5/16-12 1-1/2" 1-9/16" 100.6 166.6 108.7 78.2 22.2 

(3.96) (6.56) (4.28) (3.08) (.875) 

Locking Handle, Straight Thread O-Ring Port VP510P (Shown above) 

VP510P4 7/16-20 15/16" 15/16" 100.6 142.5 72.4 62.7 4.8 

(3.96) (5.61) (2.85) (2.47) (.188) 

VP510P6 9/16-18 15/16" 15/16" 100.6 144.3 74.2 62.7 7.1 

(3.96) (5.68) (2.92) (2.47) (.281) 

VP510P8 3/4-16 1-1/16" 1-1/16" 100.6 149.4 80.5 65.5 10.7 

(3.96) (5.88) (3.17) (2.58) (.422) 

N 



Elyria, Ohio, USA


Dimensions 


2502-H10.p65, dd 

D 

C HEX 

K 

M 


Series 510 

H63 

L 

ON 

OFF 

Ø.33 

J 

B HEX 

10-32 UNF-2B 

(ALL SIZES) 

Part Straight B C Dimensions mm (in) D 


J K L M N 

Flow Ø 

Vented, Straight Thread O-Ring Port VV510P 

VV510P4 7/16-20 15/16" 15/16" 100.6 46.2 142.5 72.4 62.7 4.8 

(3.96) (1.82) (5.61) (2.85) (2.47) (.188) 

VV510P6 9/16-18 15/16" 15/16" 100.6 48.0 144.3 74.2 62.7 7.1 

(3.96) (1.89) (5.68) (2.92) (2.47) (.281) 

VV510P8 3/4-16 1-1/16" 1-1/16" 100.6 53.8 149.4 80.5 65.5 10.7 

(3.96) (2.12) (5.88) (3.17) (2.58) (.422) 

VV510P12 1-1/16-12 1-1/4" 1-5/16" 100.6 67.1 163.6 102.4 71.4 16.7 

(3.96) (2.64) (6.44) (4.03) (2.81) (.656) 


Vented, Locking Handle, Male-Female, Straight Thread O-Ring Port VV510P (Shown above) 

VVP510P4 7/16-20 15/16" 15/16" 100.6 46.2 142.5 72.4 62.7 4.8 

(3.96) (1.82) (5.61) (2.85) (2.47) (.188) 

VVP510P6 9/16-18 15/16" 15/16" 100.6 48.0 144.3 74.2 62.7 7.1 

(3.96) (1.89) (5.68) (2.92) (2.47) (.281) 

VVP510P8 3/4-16 1-1/16" 1-1/16" 100.6 53.8 149.4 80.5 65.5 10.7 

(3.96) (2.12) (5.88) (3.17) (2.58) (.422) 

N 




H

H 




Series 500CS low pressure carbon steel ball valves 

provide total shut-off capability for services up to 

138 Bar (2000 PSI). 

Operation 





Features 

• Ball valve bodies are machined from high quality carbon 

steel and phosphate coated forgings providing superior 

corrosion resistance. 






• Padlocking handle options provides lock-out capability 


• In-line or panel mount options provide installation 

flexibility. 


Pressure 

PSI 

2000 

1500 

Bar 

138 

104 

1000 69 

500 35 

0 

°C 0 

°F 32 

2502-H11.p65, dd 

1/4" to 1" 

1-1/4" to 2" 

10 

50 

38 

100 

66 93 121 

150 200 250 

Temperature 

149 

300 

177 218 

350 425 


Series 500CS 

H64 



Saturated Steam Service 10 Bar (150 PSI) 

Body Material Carbon Steel 

Phosphate Coated 

Flow Data 

Type 500CS, 502CS 

Valve CV Size 

1/4" 6.0 

3/8" 12.0 

1/2" 15.0 

3/4" 23.0 

1" 36.0 

1-1/4" 44.0 

1-1/2" 64.0 

2" 114.0 



Elyria, Ohio, USA



Ordering Information Series 500CS 

Code Type 

V Valve 

VP Valve, Padlocking Handle 

2502-H11.p65, dd 

Code Type 


502* Female/Female Panel Mount 

CS 

Style Tube 

Material Size 

Design 

Variations 

Series 

NOTE: 

Not required 


* 502 Panel mount is only available in 

sizes 20 – 32. 

Code Type 

CS Carbon Steel 

H65 

Code Size 

4 1/4" NPT 

6 3/8" NPT 

8 1/2" NPT 

12 3/4" NPT 

16 1" NPT 

20 1 1/4" NPT 

24 1 1/2" NPT 

32 2" NPT 




H

H 



Dimensions Series 500CS 

Model V500CS and VP500CS 



K L M N 

Flow Ø 

Female-Female Pipe Ends V500CS 

V500CS4 1/4" 1-1/16" 15/16" 96.0 25.4 50.8 41.4 10.2 

(3.78) (1.00) (2.00) (1.63) (.400) 

V500CS6 3/8" 1-1/16" 15/16" 96.0 25.4 50.8 41.4 10.2 

(3.78) (1.00) (2.00) (1.63) (.400) 

V500CS8 1/2" 1-1/4" 1-1/16" 96.0 31.8 60.2 43.9 13.7 

(3.78) (1.25) (2.37) (1.73) (.540) 

V500CS12 3/4" 1-5/8" 1-3/8" 129.5 38.1 73.7 52.8 17.3 

(5.10) (1.50) (2.90) (2.08) (.680) 

V500CS16 1" 2" 1-5/8" 129.5 44.7 86.6 58.4 22.4 

(5.10) (1.76) (3.41) (2.30) (.880) 

Locking Handle, Female Pipe Ends VP500CS (Shown above) 

VP500CS4 1/4" 1-1/16" 15/16" 104.9 25.4 50.8 56.6 10.2 

(4.13) (1.00) (2.00) (2.23) (.400) 

VP500CS6 3/8" 1-1/16" 15/16" 104.9 25.4 50.8 56.6 10.2 

(4.13) (1.00) (2.00) (2.23) (.400) 

VP500CS8 1/2" 1-1/4" 1-1/16" 104.9 31.8 60.2 56.6 13.7 

(4.13) (1.25) (2.37) (2.33) (.540) 

VP500CS12 3/4" 1-5/8" 1-3/8" 127.0 38.1 73.7 71.1 17.3 

(5.00) (1.50) (2.90) (2.80) (.680) 

VP500CS16 1" 2" 1-5/8" 127.0 44.7 86.6 75.4 22.4 

(5.00) (1.76) (3.41) (2.97) (.880) 

2502-H11.p65, dd 

D 

C HEX 

M 

.33Ø 

L 

ON 

H66 

OFF 

K 

B HEX N 



Elyria, Ohio, USA



Dimensions Series 500CS 

Model V502CS and VP502CS 



F G H J K L 

Flow Ø 

Female-Female Pipe Ends, Panel Mount V502CS 

V502CS20 1-1/4" 2" 2-1/4" 23.9 38.1 154.9 47.5 96.5 70.1 25.4 

(0.94) (1.50) (6.10) (1.87) (3.80) (2.76) (1.000) 

V502CS24 1-1/2" 2-5/16" 2-1/2" 23.9 38.1 154.9 57.7 115.6 75.7 31.8 

(0.94) (1.50) (6.10) (2.27) (4.55) (2.98) (1.250) 

V502CS32 2" 2-3/4" 3" 26.2 50.8 218.4 61.5 122.7 89.9 38.1 

(1.03) (2.00) (8.60) (2.42) (4.83) (3.54) (1.500) 

Locking Handle, Female Pipe Ends, Panel Mount VP502CS (Shown above) 

VP502CS20 1-1/4" 2" 2-1/4" 23.9 38.1 190.5 47.5 96.5 80.0 25.4 

(0.94) (1.50) (7.50) (1.87) (3.80) (3.15) (1.000) 

VP502CS24 1-1/2" 2-5/16" 2-1/2" 23.9 38.1 190.5 57.7 115.6 85.6 31.8 

(0.94) (1.50) (7.50) (2.27) (4.55) (3.37) (1.250) 

VP502CS32 2" 2-3/4" 3" 26.2 50.8 222.3 61.5 122.7 87.9 38.1 

(1.03) (2.00) (8.75) (2.42) (4.83) (3.46) (1.500) 

2502-H11.p65, dd 

D 

C HEX 

K 

F H 

.33Ø 

J 

10-24 UNC 2B 

ON 

OFF 

B HEX 

H67 

L 

G 




H

H 




Series 590 low pressure 90° ball valves provide total 

shut-off capability for services up to 17 Bar (250 PSI). 

Operation 





Features 

• Ball Valve bodies are machined from high quality CA377 

forgings which provide extended service life and resist 

failure caused by severe temperature conditions. 







V 

Style 

2502-H13.p65, dd 

Code Type 

590 90° Male/Female NPT Ports 

591 90° Male/Male NPT Ports 


Pressure 

PSI 

250 

200 

Bar 

17 

14 

100 7 

50 3 

0 

°C -46 

°F -50 

-18 

0 

1/4" to 1/2" 

10 38 66 93 

50 100 150 200 

Temperature 

P 

Code Type 

P Brass 


Series 590 

H72 


Type Material Size 

121 

250 

149 

300 

177 

350 


Code Size 

4 1/4" NPT 

6 3/8" NPT 

8 1/2" NPT 

Design 

Series 

NOTE: 

Not required 




Elyria, Ohio, USA




Model V590P 

Part Pipe Dimensions mm (in) D 

Number Thread Hex 

J K L M N 

Flow Ø 

Lever Handle, 90° Flow, Male-Female Pipe Ends V590P 

V590P4 1/4" 15/16" 100.6 27.4 126.0 25.4 76.7 9.5 

(3.96) (1.08) (4.96) (1.00) (3.02) (.375) 

V590P6 3/8" 15/16" 100.6 27.7 126.0 25.4 77.0 9.5 

(3.96) (1.09) (4.96) (1.00) (3.03) (.375) 

V590P8 1/2" 1-1/16" 96.5 33.0 128.3 27.7 74.9 12.7 

(3.80) (1.30) (5.05) (1.09) (2.95) (.500) 

2502-H13.p65, dd 

D 

HEX 

M 

ON 

OFF 

L 

K 

H73 

J 

N 




H

H 



Technical Information Series 591 

Dimensions 

Model V591P 

Part Pipe Thread B Dimensions mm (in) D 

Number (PTF) Hex 

J K L M N 

Flow Ø 

Lever Handle, 90° Flow, Male-Male Pipe Ends V591P* 

V591P4 1/4" 15/16" 100.6 27.4 140.2 39.6 76.7 8.7 

(3.96) (1.08) (5.52) (1.56) (3.02) (.344) 

V591P6 3/8" 15/16" 100.6 27.7 140.2 39.6 77.0 9.5 

(3.96) (1.09) (5.52) (1.56) (3.03) (.375) 

V591P8 1/2" 1-1/16" 100.6 33.0 147.3 46.7 83.3 12.7 

(3.96) (1.30) (5.80) (1.84) (3.28) (.500) 

2502-H13.p65, dd 

D 

HEX 

H74 

ON 

OFF 

L 

M J 

K 

N 



Elyria, Ohio, USA




The MSGI Series is a Multiple Station Gage Isolator 

with an integrated pressure gage that provides a 

central point for reading pressure at multiple 

monitored stations. 

Operations 

The MSGI incorporates the pressure gage within the 

selection knob, which can be rotated to monitor each 

station’s system pressure. The MSGI provides leakfree 

seal performance and has an integrated snubber 

function. All residual pressure is drained to tank when 

the indicator is in the “0” position. 

Features 

Integrated snubber function which protects the onboard 

gage. 

Utilization of standard #4 SAE fittings provide reliable 

and leak-free performance. 

Fluorocarbon seals are standard providing an operating 

range of -40°C to +204°C (-40°F to +400°F). 

A choice of pressure ranges allow for adaptability in 

many system applications. 


2502-H14.p65, dd 

MSGI 

Series 

Number of 

Stations 


06 6 Station 

12 12 Station 

Multi-Station Gage Isolator 

Series MSGI 

Pressure 

Range 

H75 



10 0 to 69 Bar (0 to 1000 PSI) 

15 0 to103 Bar (0 to1500 PSI) 

20 0 to138 Bar (0 to 2000 PSI) 

30 0 to 207 Bar (0 to 3000 PSI) 

50 0 to 345 Bar (0 to 5000 PSI) 

1 2 3 4 ..n 

USA 

Maximum Pressure Range 10, 15, 20, 30 – 

Pressure 207.0 Bar (3000 PSI) 

Pressure Range 50 – 

690 Bar (10,000 PSI) 

Housing Material Anodized Aluminum 

Seals Fluorocarbon (standard) 



Seals 


Omit Fluorocarbon 

(standard) 

E EPR 

Design 

Series 

NOTE: 

Not required 





H

H 


Dimensions 

*Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) 

2502-H14.p65, dd 

80.8 

(3.18) 

124.0 

(4.88) 

70.6 

(2.78) 

114.3 

(4.50) 

Multi-Station Gage Isolator 

Series MSGI 

H76 

15.2 

(0.60) 

76.2 

(3.00) 

101.6 

(4.00) 

124.0 

(4.88) 



Elyria, Ohio, USA

F 

H 




Series “6C” check valves provide free flow in one 

direction and dependable shut-off in the reverse 

direction. 

Operation 

When pressure going through the valve is increased to 

the cracking level, the valve opens. When the pressure 

is reduced to below the cracking level, the valve closes. 

Features 

Meets ISO 6149 standards. 

Hard metric dimensions. 

Reliable leak-free performance — straight thread port 

with O-Ring sealing. 

Global interchangeablility. 


Maximum 

Operating 

Pressure 

345 Bar (5000 PSI) 

Maximum M12 x 1.5 11 LPM (3 GPM) 

Flow M16 x 1.5 19 LPM (5 GPM) 

M18 x 1.5 30 LPM (8 GPM) 

M22 x 1.5 57 LPM (15 GPM) 

M27 x 2.0 95 LPM (25 GPM) 

M33 x 2.0 151 LPM (40 GPM) 

M42 x 2.0 265 LPM (70 GPM) 

M48 x 2.0 379 LPM (100 GPM) 

Cracking Standard: 0.3 Bar (5 PSI) 

Pressure Optional: 0.1 Bar (1 PSI) 

4.5 Bar (65 PSI) 

Material Body ASTM 12L14 Carbon Steel 

Poppet ASTM 416 Stainless Steel 

Retainer ASTM 416 Stainless Steel 

Spring ASTM 316 Stainless Steel 

Seals Standard: Nitrile 

Optional: Fluorocarbon 

2502-F9.p65, dd 

Check Valves 

Series 6C 

Pressure Drop 

F30 


PSI 

200 

175 12.1 

150 10.5 

125 

100 

75 5.2 

50 3.5 

25 1.7 

0 

LPM 

0 

GPM 

Controlled Flow vs. Pressure Drop 

Free Flow 0.3 Bar (5 PSI) Cracking 

100 SSU, Hydraulic Oil 

Bar 412 616 818 1022 1227 1633 

14.0 

8.6 

6.9 

94.6 

25 

189.3 

50 

283.9 378.5 473.1 

75 

Flow 

100 125 




567.8 

150 

2042 

2448




Dimensions 


2502-F9.p65, dd 

6 C 

Ports Style 


6 ISO 6149 ports 

B 

C Sq. 


C Check Valve 

A 

(Both Ends) 

Check Valves 

Series 6C 

Code Ratio 

412 M12 X 1.5 

616 M16 x 1.5 

818 M18 x 1.5 

1022 M22 x 1.5 

1227 M27 x 2.0 

1633 M33 x 2.0 

2042 M42 x 2.0 

2448 M48 x 2.0 

Model 

Number A B C D 

6C412 M12 x 1.5 (10.4) 0.41 (20.6) 0.81 (68.3) 2.69 

6C616 M16 x 1.5 (12.7) 0.50 (25.4) 1.00 (79.2) 3.12 

6C818 M18 x 1.5 (14.2) 0.56 (28.4) 1.12 (88.9) 3.50 

6C1022 M22 x 1.5 (15.7) 0.62 (31.8) 1.25 (101.6) 4.00 

6C1227 M27 x 2.0 (19.1) 0.75 (38.1) 1.50 (117.3) 4.62 

6C1633 M33 x 2.0 (22.4) 0.88 (44.5) 1.75 (127.0) 5.00 

6C2042 M42 x 2.0 (28.7) 1.13 (57.2) 2.25 (132.8) 5.23 

6C2448 M48 x 2.0 (35.1) 1.38 (69.9) 2.75 (143.0) 5.63 

F31 

Size 


S Steel 

D 

Free 

Flow 

S 

Material 

Design 

Series 

NOTE: 

Not required 


Model Weight 

Number kg (lbs.) 

6C412 0.1 (0.3 ) 

6C616 0.2 (0.5 ) 

6C818 0.3 (0.7 ) 

6C1022 0.6 (1.3 ) 

6C1227 0.9 (2.0 ) 

6C1633 1.5 (3.3 ) 

6C2042 2.8 (6.2 ) 

6C2448 3.8 (8.4 ) 




F




Series “6F” flow control valves provide precise control 

of flow and shut-off in one direction, and automatically 

permit full flow in the opposite direction. 

Operation 

A two-step needle allows fine adjustment at low flow by 

using the first three turns of the adjusting knob. The 

next three turns open the valve to full flow, and also 

provide standard throttling adjustments. 

Features 







Pressure Drop 

Maximum M16 x 1.5 345 Bar (5000 PSI) 

Operating M18 x 1.5 345 Bar (5000 PSI) 

Pressure M22 x 1.5 345 Bar (5000 PSI) 

M27 x 2.0 207 Bar (3000 PSI) 



M22 x 1.5 57 LPM (15 GPM) 

M27 x 2.0 95 LPM (25 GPM) 

M33 x 2.0 151 LPM (40 GPM) 

M42 x 2.0 265 LPM (70 GPM) 

M48 x 2.0 379 LPM (100 GPM) 


Knob ASTM 12L14 Carbon Steel 

Needle ASTM 416 Stainless Steel 

Poppet ASTM 416 Stainless Steel 

Retainer ASTM 416 Stainless Steel 

Spring ASTM 316 Stainless Steel 

Seals Nitrile — Standard 

Fluorocarbon — Optional 

PSI 

160 

140 

120 

100 

80 

Bar 

11.0 

9.7 

8.2 

6.8 

5.7 

60 4.1 

40 2.7 

20 1.4 

0 

LPM 

0 

GPM 

2502-F2.p65, dd 


Needle Full Open 

100 SSU, Hydraulic Oil, S.G. = 0.857 

Model 1022 

18.9 

5 

37.9 

10 

Model 1227 

56.8 

15 

75.7 94.6 113.6 

20 

Flow 

25 30 

Model 1633 

132.5 151.4 

35 40 

Flow Control Valves 

Series 6F 

F7 


Pressure Drop 

Pressure Drop 

PSI 

160 

140 

120 

100 

80 

PSI 

160 

140 

120 

100 

80 

Bar 

11.0 

9.7 

8.2 

6.8 

5.7 

60 4.1 

40 2.7 

20 1.4 

0 

LPM 

0 

GPM 

Bar 

11.0 

9.7 

8.2 

6.8 

5.7 

60 4.1 

40 2.7 

20 1.4 

0 

LPM 

0 

GPM 




3.8 

1 




75.7 

20 

7.6 

2 

Models 1633 

2042, 2448 

Model 616 

11.4 

3 

15.1 18.9 22.7 

4 

Flow 

5 6 

Model 818 

151.4 227.1 302.8 378.5 454.2 529.9 605.6 

40 60 80 

Flow 

100 120 140 160 




26.5 30.3 

7 8 

F

F 

H 




6 F 


Series 6F 

Ports Style Size 

Material Design 

Series 

NOTE: 

Not required 


Code Description Code Description Code Description Code Description 

6 ISO 6149 ports F Flow Control 616 M16 x 1.5 

S Steel 

Valve 

818 M18 x 1.5 

Model Weight 

1022 M22 x 1.5 

Number 

6F616 

kg 

0.3 

(lbs.) 

(0.6) 

1227 M27 x 2.0 

6F818 0.5 (1.0) 

1633 M33 x 2.0 

6F1022 

6F1227 

0.8 

1.2 

(1.8) 

(2.6) 

2042 M42 x 2.0 

6F1633 

6F2042 

2.3 

3.7 

(5.1) 

(8.1) 

2448 M48 x 2.0 

6F2448 4.6 (10.2) 

Dimensions 


Model 

D 

H Dia. 

Hex 

FAST 

E Sq. 

B 

Open 

D 

C 

Closed 

A 

(Both Ends) 

Number A B C D E F G H 

6F616 M16 x 1.5 47.8 (1.88) 42.7 (1.68) 12.7 (0.50) 25.4 (1.00) 48.7 (1.92) 79.2 (3.12) 20.6 (∅ 0.81) 

6F818 M18 x 1.5 56.9 (2.24) 51.1 (2.01) 14.2 (0.56) 28.4 (1.12) 53.8 (2.12) 88.9 (3.50) 25.4 (∅1.00) 

6F1022 M22 x 1.5 68.6 (2.70) 61.5 (2.42) 15.7 (0.62) 31.8 (1.25) 65.0 (2.56) 101.6 (4.00) 30.2 (∅ 1.19) 

6F1227 M27 x 2.0 85.9 (3.38) 71.4 (2.81) 19.1 (0.75) 38.1 (1.50) 76.5 (3.01) 117.3 (4.62) 35.1 (∅1.38) 

6F1633 M33 x 2.0 124.7 (4.91) 108.0 (4.25) 22.4 (0.88) 44.5 (1.75) 81.8 (3.22) 127.0 (5.00) 47.8 (*1.88) 

6F2042 M42 x 2.0 133.9 (5.27) 117.1 (4.61) 28.7 (1.13) 57.2 (2.25) 98.6 (3.88) 132.8 (5.23) 47.8 (*1.88) 

6F2448 M48 x 2.0 140.5 (5.53) 123.7 (4.87) 35.1 (1.38) 69.9 (2.75) 113.5 (4.47) 143.0 (5.63) 47.8 (*1.88) 

2502-F2.p65, dd 

* = Hex 

F8 

F 

G 

Control 

S 



Elyria, Ohio, USA

F 

H 




Series “6MV” high-precision metering and shut-off 

valves allow extremely close control of fluids used in 

actuating and governing equipment. 

Operation 

The standard needle allows fine adjustment at low flow 

by using the first three turns of the adjusting knob. The 




Maximum 

Operating 

Pressure 

345 Bar (5000 PSI) 



M16 x 1.5 19 LPM (5 GPM) 

M18 x 1.5 30 LPM (8 GPM) 

M22 x 1.5 57 LPM (15 GPM) 

M27 x 2.0 95 LPM (25 GPM) 


Bonnet ASTM 12L14 Carbon Steel 



Handle Zinc Die Cast 




Pressure Drop 

PSI 

200 

150 10.5 

125 

100 

Bar 

14.0 

175 12.1 

8.6 

6.9 

75 5.2 

50 3.5 

25 1.7 

0 

LPM 

0 

GPM 

2502-F4.p65, dd 




Models 

412, 414 

and 616 

Model 818 

37.9 

10 

75.7 

20 

Model 1022 

Model 1227 

113.6 151.4 

30 

Flow 

40 

189.3 

50 

Metering Valves 

Series 6MV 

F18 

Features 

Pressure Drop 






PSI 

200 

150 10.5 

125 

100 

Bar 

14.0 

175 12.1 

8.6 

6.9 

75 5.2 

50 3.5 

25 1.7 

0 

LPM 

0 

GPM 




3.8 

1 

Models 

412-3, 414-3 

and 616-3 

7.6 

2 

Models 

412-2, 414-2 

and 616-2 

11.4 15.1 18.9 

3 

Flow 

4 5 




22.7 

6




6 



Model Weight 


6MV412S 0.5 (1.0) 

6MV414S 0.5 (1.0) 

6MV616S 0.5 (1.0) 

Dimensions 


2502-F4.p65, dd 

MV 


MV Metering 

Valve 

Model Weight 


6MV818S 0.5 (1.2) 

6MV1022S 1.0 (2.1) 

6MV1227S 1.6 (3.5) 

E 

D 

Code Ratio 

412 M12 x 1.5 

414 M14 x 1.5 

616 M16 x 1.5 

818 M18 x 1.5 

1022 M22 x 1.5 

1227 M27 x 2.0 

A 

(Both Ends) 


Series 6MV 

Ports Style 

Size Material 

Model 

Number A B C D E F G H J 

6MV412 M12 x 1.5 86.9 81.5 50.8 25.4 10.4 20.6 50.8 

(3.42) (3.21) (2.00) (1.00) (0.41) (0.81) (2.00) 

6MV414 M14 x 1.5 86.9 81.5 50.8 25.4 10.4 20.6 50.8 

(3.42) (3.21) (2.00) (1.00) (0.41) (0.81) (2.00) 

6MV616S M16 x 1.5 89.2 83.8 60.5 30.2 12.7 25.4 50.8 

(3.51) (3.30) (2.38) (1.19) (0.50) (1.00) (2.00) 

6MV818S M18 x 1.5 108.7 101.1 76.2 38.1 14.2 28.4 63.5 

(4.28) (3.98) (3.00) (1.50) (0.56) (1.12) (2.50) 

6MV1022S M22 x 1.5 129.3 116.6 88.9 44.5 15.7 31.8 82.6 

(5.09) (4.59) (3.50) (1.75) (0.62) (1.25) (3.25) 

6MV1227S M27 x 2.0 141.7 127.8 101.6 50.8 19.1 38.1 98.6 

(5.58) (5.03) (4.00) (2.00) (0.75) (1.50) (3.88) 

F19 

S 


S Steel 

J 

H Sq. 

BTravel 

(Full Open) 

C 

Closed 

G 

Needle 

Options 


Omit Standard 

30” Taper 

2 Fine 

3 Micro Fine 

Option 2 and 3 available 

only in 412, 414 and 616 




Design 

Series 

NOTE: 

Not required 


F

F 

H 




Series “6N” needle valves are ideal as speed controls 

on hydraulic and pneumatic systems where a reverse 

flow check is not needed. They provide excellent 

control and a reliable shut-off in a very small 

envelope. 

Operation 





Features 







Pressure Drop 

Maximum 

Operating 345 Bar (5000 PSI) 

Pressure 



M22 x 1.5 57 LPM (15 GPM) 

M27 x 2.0 95 LPM (25 GPM) 

M33 x 2.0 151 LPM (40 GPM) 

M42 x 2.0 265 LPM (70 GPM) 

M48 x 2.0 379 LPM (100 GPM) 






PSI 

160 

140 

120 

100 

80 

Bar 

11.0 

9.7 

8.2 

6.8 

5.7 

60 4.1 

40 2.7 

20 1.4 

0 

LPM 

0 

GPM 

2502-F3.p65, dd 




Model 1022 

18.9 

5 

37.9 

10 

Model 1227 

56.8 

15 

75.7 94.6 113.6 

20 

Flow 

25 30 

Model 1633 

132.5 151.4 

35 40 

Needle Valves 

Series 6N 

F12 


Pressure Drop 

Pressure Drop 

PSI 

160 

140 

120 

100 

80 

Bar 

11.0 

9.7 

8.2 

6.8 

5.7 

60 4.1 

40 2.7 

20 1.4 

PSI 

160 

140 

120 

100 

80 

0 

LPM 

0 

GPM 

Bar 

11.0 

9.7 

8.2 

6.8 

5.7 

60 4.1 

40 2.7 

20 1.4 

0 

LPM 

0 

GPM 




3.8 

1 

7.6 

2 

Model 616 

11.4 

3 

15.1 18.9 22.7 

4 

Flow 

5 6 

Model 818 




Models 1633, 

2042 and 2448 

75.7 

20 




26.5 30.3 

7 8 

151.4 227.1 302.8 378.5 454.2 529.9 605.6 

40 60 80 

Flow 

100 120 140 160




6 



Model Weight 


6N616 0.2 (0.5) 

6N818 0.4 (0.9) 

6N1022 0.6 (1.3) 

6N1227 1.0 (2.3) 

6N1633 2.1 (4.7) 

6N2042 2.9 (6.4) 

6N2448 3.9 (8.6) 

Dimension 


G 

H Dia. 

Hex 

F Sq. 

Needle Valves 

Series 6N 

N S 

Ports Style Size Material 


N Needle Valve 

B 

Open 

G 

C 

Closed 

Code Ratio 

616 M16 x 1.5 

818 M18 x 1.5 

1022 M22 x 1.5 

1227 M27 x 2.0 

1633 M33 x 2.0 

2042 M42 x 2.0 

2448 M48 x 2.0 

A 

(Both Ends) 

Model 

Number A B C D E F G H 

6N616 M16 x 1.5 47.8 (1.88) 42.7 (1.68) 60.5 (2.38) 30.2 (1.19) 25.4 (1.00) 12.7 (0.50) 20.6 ∅(0.81) 

6N818 M18 x 1.5 56.9 (2.24) 51.1 (2.01) 76.2 (3.00) 38.1 (1.50) 28.4 (1.12) 14.2 (0.56) 25.4 ∅(1.00) 

6N1022 M22 x 1.5 68.6 (2.70) 61.5 (2.42) 88.9 (3.50) 44.5 (1.75) 31.8 (1.25) 15.7 (0.62) 30.2 ∅(1.19) 

6N1227 M27 x 2.0 85.9 (3.38) 71.4 (2.81) 101.6 (4.00) 50.8 (2.00) 38.1 (1.50) 19.1 (0.75) 35.1 ∅(1.38) 

6N1633 M33 x 2.0 123.7 (4.87) 106.9 (4.21) 108.0 (4.25) 53.8 (2.12) 44.5 (1.75) 22.4 (0.88) 47.8 *(1.88) 

6N2042 M42 x 2.0 130.0 (5.12) 113.3 (4.46) 108.0 (4.25) 53.8 (2.12) 57.2 (2.25) 28.4 (1.12) 47.8 *(1.88) 

6N2448 M48 x 2.0 136.4 (5.37) 119.6 (4.71) 108.0 (4.25) 53.8 (2.12) 69.9 (2.75) 35.1 (1.38) 47.8 *(1.88) 

2502-F3.p65, dd 

* = Hex 

F13 

E 


S Steel 

Recommended 

Flow Direction 

D 

Design 

Series 

NOTE: 

Not required 





F 

H 

J 

K 

L 

M


Pressure Compensated Valves 

Technical Information Series PC*M 


Series “PCM” pressure compensated flow control 

valves are designed to regulate flow at a selected rate, 

within 5%, regardless of fluctuations in inlet and outlet 

pressure. 

Operation 

Series PCM valves can be adjusted for required flows 

after being installed. 

Features 

• 

Available with reverse flow check. 

The exclusive “Colorflow” color-band reference scale on 

the valve stem is a great convenience and time-saver in 

setting the valve originally and in returning it to any 

previous setting. 

A simple set screw locks the valve on any desired setting. 

A tamperproof option (T) feature is also available to 

prevent accidental or intentional adjustment of flow setting. 


PC*M400S PC*M600S PC*M800S PC*M1200S PC*M1600S 

PC*M620S PC*M820S PC*M1020S PC*M1220S PC*M1620 

Maximum 

Operating 

Pressure 

207 Bar (3000 PSI) 

Operating 

Temperature -40°C to +121°C (-40°F to +250°F) 

Mounting Inline 

Maximum Flow 11 LPM (3 GPM) 23 LPM (6 GPM) 57 LPM (15 GPM) 95 LPM (25 GPM) 189 LPM (50 GPM) 

Minimum Flow 1 LPM (0.3 GPM) 2 LPM (0.6 GPM) 6 LPM (1.5 GPM) 10 LPM (2.5 GPM) 19 LPM (5.0 GPM) 

Reverse Flow, 

Maximum thru 19 LPM (5 GPM) 30 LPM (8 GPM) 76 LPM (20 GPM) 132 LPM (35 GPM) 227 LPM (60 GPM) 

Check 

Pressure Drop, 3 Bar (40 PSI) 3 Bar (40 PSI) PC*M800S: PC*M1200S: 10 Bar (140 PSI) 

P at Maximum 8 Bar (116 PSI) 8 Bar (116 PSI) 

Reverse Flow PC*M1020S: PC*M1220S: 

thru Check 3 Bar (40 PSI) 3 Bar (40 PSI) 

Port Size PC*M400S: PC*M600S: PC*M800S: PC*M1200S: PCM1600S: 

(in.) 1/4 NPTF 3/8 NPTF 1/2 NPTF 3/4 NPTF 1 NPTF 

PC*M620S: PC*M820S: PC*M1020S: PC*M1220S: PC*M1620: 

9/16-18 UNF 3/4-16 UNF 7/8-14 UNF 1-1/16-12 UN 1-15/16-12 UN 

(SAE 6) (SAE 8) (SAE 10) (SAE 12) (SAE 16) 

*For optional reverse-flow check, insert “C” in model number at asterisk (*). 

2502-F6.p65, dd 

F23 

PCM 

PCCM 




F 

H

F 

H 





Pressure Drop 

Options 


Omit NPTF/SAE 

9 BSPP 

PSI 

3000 

2500 

2000 

1500 

1000 

Bar 

210 

170 

140 

105 

70 

500 35 

150 10 

0 

LPM 

0 

GPM 

2502-F6.p65, dd 

PC*M Series 


Typical for All Sizes 

11 

3 

PC 

Pressure 

Compensated 

Flow Control 

Model Weight 


PCM400 0.8 (1.8) 

PCM600 1.0 (2.3) 

PCM620 0.8 (1.8) 

PCM800 1.7 (3.7) 

PCM820 1.4 (3.1) 


23 

6 

Reverse 

Check 


Omit Without 

C Check 

PC**400 PC**800 

PC**600 PC**1200 

PC**1600 

57 

15 

Flow 

Pressure Drop 

PSI 

160 

140 

120 

100 

80 

Bar 

11.0 

9.7 

8.3 

6.9 

5.5 

60 4.1 

40 2.8 

20 1.4 

0 

LPM 

0 

GPM 

M 

Adjustable 

Flow 

Model Weight 


PCM1020 1.7 (3.7) 

PCM1200 3.6 (8.0) 

PCM1220 3.6 (8.0) 

PCM1600 6.6 (14.5) 

PCM1620 6.6 (14.5) 

PCM2000 11.8 (26.0) 

95 190 

25 50 

F24 

Pressure Drop 

PSI 

160 

140 

120 

100 

80 

Bar 

11.0 

9.7 

8.3 

6.9 

5.5 

60 4.1 

40 2.8 

20 1.4 

0 

LPM 

0 

GPM 

Max. Flow Setting 

PCCM 400, 600 and 1200 Series 

Reverse Flow vs. Pressure Drop 

At Maximum and Minimum Flow Settings 

400 

620 

Min. Flow Setting 

15.2 

PCCM 800 and 1600 Series 




30.2 

8 

800 

1020 


60.6 

16 

Size 

400 1020 

600 * 1200 

620 1220 

800 * 1600 

820 * 1620 

2000 

* Available in 

Stainless Steel 


Material 


S Steel 


1600 

1620 



Omit Standard Knob 

T * Tamperproof 

F Finger Screw 

* Not available above 

1200 size 

4 

Adjustable 

Knob Options 


30.2 

8 

600 

820 

w 

Min. Flo Setting 

90.8 121.2 151.4 181.7 212.0 242.2 

24 32 

Flow 

40 48 56 64 


Seals Design 

Series 

NOTE: 

Not required 



Omit Nitrile (Standard) 


M in. Flow Setting 

1200 

1220 

43.4 60.6 75.8 90.8 106.0 121.2 

12 16 

Flow 

20 24 28 32 



Elyria, Ohio, USA



Dimensions Series PC*M 


Model 

Number A B C D E F G H J K 

PC*M400/620 1/4– 18 NPTF 92.2 81.0 28.7 35.1 64.0 69.3 16.8 17.5 20.6 

9/16– 18 UNF (3.63) (3.19) (1.13) (1.38) (2.52) (2.73) (0.66) (0.69) (0.81) 

PC*M600/820 3/8– 18 NPTF 105.7 93.0 31.8 38.1 73.7 80.0 17.5 19.1 25.4 

3/4– 16 UNF (4.16) (3.66) (1.25) (1.50) (2.90) (3.15) (0.69) (0.75) (1.00) 

PC*M800/1020 1/2– 14 NPTF 125.5 109.5 38.1 44.5 95.0 102.6 22.4 22.4 30.2 

7/8– 14 UNF (4.94) (4.31) (1.50) (1.75) (3.74) (4.04) (0.88) (0.88) (1.19) 

PC*M1200/1220 3/4– 14 NPTF 149.4 130.3 50.8 57.2 115.8 128.5 27.7 28.7 35.1 

1 1/16– 12 UNF (5.88) (5.13) (2.00) (2.25) (4.56) (5.06) (1.09) (1.13) (1.38) 

PC*M1600/1620 1– 11 1/2 NPTF 176.3 155.7 63.5 69.9 158.2 175.3 33.3 35.1 47.8 

1 5/16– 12 UNF (6.94) (6.13) (2.50) (2.75) (6.23) (6.90) (1.31) (1.38) (1.88) 

PC*M2000 1 1/4– 11 1/2 NPTF 212.9 190.5 76.2 88.9 182.1 201.2 41.4 44.5 47.8 

(8.38) (7.50) (3.00) (3.50) (7.17) (7.92) (1.63) (1.75) (1.88) 

2502-F6.p65, dd 

J 

H 

C 

B 

A Port A Port 

F25 

D 

K 

E Sq. 

K Hex 

1600 and 

2000 sizes 

G 

Open 

F 

Closed 




F 

H

F 

H 




Series “C” check valves permit free flow in one direction, 

and dependable shut-off in the reverse direction. 

Operation 

When pressure going through the valve is increased to 

the cracking level, the valve opens. When the pressure 

is reduced to below the cracking level, the valve closes. 

Features 

• Stainless steel poppets standard. 

Soft seal poppets are available. 

Triangular retainers guide the poppets, and hold the 

spring firmly in place even under high velocity and shock. 


Maximum Brass: 140 Bar (2000 PSI); 

Operating except for C1600 brass 

Pressure which is 35 Bar 

(500 PSI) 

Steel & 345 Bar (5000 PSI) for 

Stainless 200 thru 1220; 

Steel: 207 Bar (3000 PSI) for 

all other sizes and styles 

Maximum Flow C200: 11 LPM (3 GPM) 

C400: 19 LPM (5 GPM) 

C600: 30 LPM (8 GPM) 

C620: 19 LPM (5 GPM) 

C800: 57 LPM (15 GPM) 

C820: 30 LPM (8 GPM) 

C1020: 57 LPM (15 GPM) 

C1200: 95 LPM (25 GPM) 

C1220: 95 LPM (25 GPM) 

C1600: 151 LPM (40 GPM) 

C1620: 151 LPM (40 GPM) 

C2000: 265 LPM (70 GPM) 

C2020: 265 LPM (70 GPM) 

C2400: 379 LPM (100 GPM) 

C2420: 379 LPM (100 GPM) 

C3200: 569 LPM (150 GPM) 

C3220: 569 LPM (150 GPM) 

Poppets Soft seal poppet is standard for 

200 through 800/1020 size. 

For cracking pressures > 15 PSI, 

solid metal poppets are standard 

2502-F9.p65, dd 

Check Valves 

Series C 

Pressure Drop 

F28 


PSI 

200 

175 12.1 

150 10.5 

125 

100 

Bar 200 

14.0 

8.6 

6.9 

75 5.2 

50 3.5 

25 1.7 

0 

LPM 

0 

GPM 


Free Flow 0.3 Bar (5 PSI) Cracking 


400, 600, 800, 

620 820 1020 

94.6 

25 

189.3 

50 

1200, 

1220 

1600, 

1620 

283.9 378.5 473.1 

75 

Flow 

100 125 




567.8 

150 

2020, 

2000 

2420, 

2400 

3220, 

3200


Check Valves 

Technical Information Series C 


2502-F9.p65, dd 

C 

Options Series C Size Material Cracking Pressure 

(nominal) 

200 * 800*† 1600 * 2400 

400 *† 820 1620 2420 

600 *† 1020 2000 3200 

620 1200 * 2020 3220 

1220 

* Sizes available in Brass 

† Sizes available in Stainless Steel 


Omit NPTF/SAE 

8 BSPT 

9 BSPP 


B Brass 

S Steel 

SS * Stainless Steel 

Series C Brass Valves can be 

used for both air and oil service. 

* Available in 400, 600 and 800 

sizes. 

Dimensions 


D 

C Sq. 

A 

(Both Ends) 

Model Weight 


C200 0.0 (0.1) 

C400 0.2 (0.4) 

C600 0.2 (0.5) 

C620 0.2 (0.5) 

C800 0.6 (1.3) 


Omit Standard 

0.4 Bar (5 PSI) 

65 4.5 Bar (65 PSI) 

Other cracking pressures available 

F29 

Model Weight 


C820 0.3 (0.7) 

C1020 0.6 (1.3) 

C1200 0.9 (2.0) 

C1220 0.9 (2.0) 

Seal 

Compound 




Model Weight 


C1600 1.5 (3.3) 

C1620 1.5 (3.3) 

C2000 2.8 (6.2) 

C2020 2.8 (6.2) 

Design 

Series 

NOTE: 

Not required 


Model Weight 


C2400 3.8 (8.4) 

C2420 3.8 (8.4) 

C3200 7.0 (15.4) 

C3220 7.0 (15.4) 

Model 

Number A B C D 

C200 1/8– 27 NPTF 50.8 (2.00) 16.0 (0.63) 7.9. (0.31) 

C400 1/4– 18 NPTF 66.8 (2.63) 20.6 (0.81) 10.4 (0.41) 

C420 7/16– 20 UNF #4 SAE 68.3 (2.69) 20.6 (0.81) 10.4 (0.41) 

C600 3/8– 18 NPTF 69.9 (2.75) 25.4 (1.00) 12.7 (0.50) 

C620 9/16– 18 UNF #6 SAE 79.2 (3.12) 25.4 (1.00) 12.7 (0.50) 

C800 1/2– 14 NPTF 87.4 (3.44) 31.8 (1.25) 16.0 (0.63) 

C820 3/4– 16 UNF #8 SAE 88.9 (3.50) 28.4 (1.12) 14.2 (0.56) 

C1020 7/8– 14 UNF #10 SAE 101.6 (4.00) 31.8 (1.25) 15.7 (0.62) 

C1200 3/4– 14 NPTF 98.6 (3.88) 38.1 (1.50) 19.1 (0.75) 

C1220 1 1/6– 12 UN #12 SAE 117.3 (4.62) 38.1 (1.50) 19.1 (0.75) 

C1600 1– 11 1/2 NPTF 127.0 (5.00) 44.5 (1.75) 22.4 (0.88) 

C1620 1 5/16– 12 UN #16 SAE 142.7 (5.62) 57.2 (2.25) 28.4 (1.12) 

C2000 1 1/4– 11 1/2 NPTF 143.0 (5.63) 57.2 (2.25) 28.7 (1.13) 

C2020 1 5/8– 12 UN #20 SAE 165.1 (6.50) 69.9 (2.75) 35.1 (1.38) 

C2400 1 1/2– 11 1/2 NPTF 143.0 (5.63) 69.9 (2.75) 35.1 (1.38) 

C2420 1 7/8– 12 UN #24 SAE 184.2 (7.25) 76.2 (3.00) 38.1 (1.50) 

C3200 2– 11 1/2 NPTF 165.1 (6.50) 88.9 (3.50) 44.5 (1.75) 

C3220 2 1/2– 12 UN #32 SAE 228.6 (9.00) 101.6 (4.00) 50.8 (2.00) 

Free 

Flow 

B 




F

F 

H 



Technical Information Series F 


Series “F” flow control valves provide precise control of 

flow and shut-off in one direction, and automatically 

permit full flow in the opposite direction. 

Operation 





Features 

• 







prevent accidental or intentional adjustment of flow 

setting. 



Operating except for F1600 brass 

Pressure which is 35 Bar (500 PSI) 



Return Check 


all other sizes 

Poppet, Nominal 

Cracking Pressure 

0.4 Bar (5 PSI) 

Poppets Soft seal poppet in brass 

200 - 820 sizes 

Solid metal 416 stainless steel 

poppet on all other sizes and 

styles 

Operating 

Temperature 

-40°C to +121°C (-40°F to +250°F) 

Pressure Drop 

PSI 

160 

140 

120 

100 

80 

Bar 

11.0 

9.7 

8.2 

6.8 

5.7 

60 4.1 

40 2.7 

20 1.4 

0 

LPM 

0 

GPM 

2502-F2.p65, dd 




Model 800 

and 1020 

18.9 

5 

37.9 

10 

Models 1200 

and 1220 

56.8 

15 

75.7 94.6 113.6 

20 

Flow 

25 30 

Model 1600 

132.5 151.4 

35 40 

F4 


Pressure Drop 

Pressure Drop 

PSI 

160 

140 

120 

100 

80 

Bar 

11.0 

9.7 

8.2 

6.8 

5.7 

60 4.1 

40 2.7 

20 1.4 

PSI 

160 

140 

120 

100 

80 

0 

LPM 

0 

GPM 

Bar 

11.0 

9.7 

8.2 

6.8 

5.7 

60 4.1 

40 2.7 

20 1.4 

0 

LPM 

0 

GPM 




Models 400 

and 620 (#4) 

3.8 

1 

7.6 

2 

Model 200 

Models 400 

and 620 

11.4 

3 

15.1 18.9 22.7 

4 

Flow 

5 6 

Models 600 

and 820 




75.7 

20 

Models 1600 

2000, 2400, 

and 3200 

Model 

1620 

Models 2020 

and 2420 

Model 3220 




26.5 30.3 

7 8 

151.4 227.1 302.8 378.5 454.2 529.9 605.6 

40 60 80 

Flow 

100 120 140 160



Ordering Information Series F 

2502-F2.p65, dd 

F 

Options Series Size Material Needle 

Options 


Omit NPTF/SAE 

8 BSPT 

9 BSPP 

200 * 800*† 1600 * 2400 

400 *† 820* 1620 2420 

420 * 1020 2000 3200 

600 *† 1200 * 2020 3220 

620 1220 



Model Weight 


F200 0.1 (0.3) 

F400 0.2 (0.5) 

F420 0.2 (0.5) 

F600 0.3 (0.7) 

F620 0.3 (0.6) 

F800 0.7 (1.5) 

F820 0.5 (1.0) 

F1020 0.8 (1.8) 

F1200 1.2 (2.6) 


B Brass 

S Steel 


Series F Brass Valves can be 



sizes. 

Model Weight 


F1220 1.2 (2.6) 

F1600 2.3 (5.1) 

F1620 2.3 (5.1) 

F2000 3.7 (8.1) 

F2020 3.7 (8.1) 

F2400 4.6 (10.2) 

F2420 4.6 (10.2) 

F3200 7.9 (17.4) 

F3220 7.9 (17.4) 


Omit Standard 

4 Fine Metering 

(200, 400, 

600, 620 sizes) 

F5 

Other 

Options 






1200 size. 

Seal 

Compound 







Design 

Series 

NOTE: 

Not required 


F

F 

H 



Dimensions Series F 


2502-F2.p65, dd 

G 

H 

FAST 

F Sq. 

G 

B 

Open 

C 

Closed 

A 

(Both Ends) 

Model Max Flow 

Number LPM (GPM) A B C D E F G H 

F200 11 1/8–27 NPTF 39.1 35.3 50.8 32.5 16.0 7.9 19.1 

(3) (1.54) (1.39) (2.00) (1.28) (0.63) (0.31) (0.75) 

F400 19 1/4–18 NPTF 45.5 40.4 66.8 42.2 20.6 10.4 20.6 

(5) (1.79) (1.59) (2.63) (1.66) (0.81) (0.41) (0.81) 

F420 11 7/16–20 UNF 41.4 37.6 68.3 42.9 20.6 10.4 19.1 

(3) #4 SAE (1.63) (1.48) (2.69) (1.69) (0.81) (0.41) (0.75) 

F600 30 3/8–18 NPTF 55.4 49.5 69.9 44.5 25.4 12.7 25.4 

(8) (2.18) (1.95) (2.75) (1.75) (1.00) (0.50) (1.00) 

F620 19 9/16–18 UNF 47.7 42.7 79.2 48.8 25.4 12.7 20.6 

(5) #6 SAE (1.88) (1.68) (3.12) (1.92) (1.00) (0.50) (0.81) 

F800 57 1/2–14 NPTF 68.6 61.5 87.4 56.6 31.8 16.0 30.2 

(15) (2.70) (2.42) (3.44) (2.23) (1.25) (0.63) (1.19) 

F820 30 3/4–16 UNF 56.9 51.1 88.9 53.8 28.4 14.2 25.4 

(8) #8 SAE (2.24) (2.01) (3.50) (2.12) (1.12) (0.56) (1.00) 

F1020 57 7/8–14 UNF 68.6 61.5 101.6 65.0 31.8 15.7 30.2 

(15) #10 SAE (2.70) (2.42) (4.00) (2.56) (1.25) (0.62) (1.19) 

F1200 95 3/4–14 NPTF 85.9 71.4 98.6 65.5 38.1 19.1 35.1 

(25) (3.38) (2.81) (3.88) (2.58) (1.50) (0.75) (1.38) 

F1220 95 1 1/6–12 UN 85.9 71.4 117.3 76.5 38.1 19.1 35.1 

(25) #12 SAE (3.38) (2.81) (4.62) (3.01) (1.50) (0.75) (1.38) 

F1600 151 1–11 1/2 NPTF 123.7 106.9 127.0 81.8 44.5 22.4 47.8 

(40) (4.87) (4.21) (5.00) (3.22) (1.75) (0.88) (1.88) * 

F1620 151 1 5/16–12 UN 130.8 114.0 142.7 88.9 57.2 28.4 47.8 

(40) #16 SAE (5.15) (4.49) (5.62) (3.50) (2.25) (1.12) (1.88) * 

F2000 265 11/4–11 1/2 NPTF 130.0 113.3 143.0 98.6 57.2 28.7 47.8 

(70) (5.12) (4.46) (5.63) (3.88) (2.25) (1.13) (1.88) * 

F2020 265 1 5/8–12 UN 140.2 123.4 165.1 108.0 69.9 35.1 47.8 

(70) #20 SAE (5.52) (4.86) (6.50) (4.25) (2.75) (1.38) (1.88) * 

F2400 379 1 1/2–11 1/2 NPTF 136.4 119.6 143.0 113.5 69.9 35.1 47.8 

(100) (5.37) (4.71) (5.63) (4.47) (2.75) (1.38) (1.88) * 

F2420 379 1 7/8–12 UN-2B 143.5 126.7 184.2 127.0 76.2 38.1 47.8 

(100) #24 SAE (5.65) (4.99) (7.25) (5.00) (3.00) (1.50) (1.88) * 

F3200 568 2–11 1/2 NPTF 146.1 129.3 165.1 134.9 88.9 44.5 47.8 

(150) (5.75) (5.09) (6.50) (5.31) (3.50) (1.75) (1.88) * 

F3220 568 2 1/2–12 UN 163.6 139.4 228.6 155.7 101.6 50.8 47.8 

(150) #32 SAE (6.44) (5.49) (9.00) (6.13) (4.00) (2.00) (1.88) * 

* = Hex 

F6 

E 

D 

Controlled Flow 



Elyria, Ohio, USA

F 

H 




Series “GF” valves isolate gauges from damage and 

inaccurate readings caused by line pressure surges 

and hydraulic hammer. 

Operation 

The GF uses a capillary orifice to smooth out line 

pulsations and surges without the use of any moving 

parts. 

Features 

• 

One piece construction. 

The GF requires no adjustment or maintenance. 


Maximum 


Pressure 


Options 


Omit NPTF/SAE- 

9 BSPP 

Dimensions 


2502-F7.p65, dd 

GF 

Series GF 

31.0 (1.22) 

45.2 (1.78) 

Gage Isolator Valves 

Series GF 

Size Material 


400 1/4" NPTF 

420 7/16 - 20 UNF 

(SAE 4) 

F26 

S 


S Steel 

25.4 (1.00) 

Design 

Series 

NOTE: 

Not required 


Weight: 0.6 kg (1.3 lbs.) 



Elyria, Ohio, USA


Gage Isolator Valves 

Technical Information Series GT 


Series “GT” valves isolate gauges from damage and 

inaccurate readings caused by line pressure surges 

and hydraulic hammer. 

Operation 

The GT has a push-to-read knob that delivers instant 

pressure to the gauge, yet isolates the gauge from the 

fluid line until the knob is pressed. When the knob is 

released, a spring-loaded spool closes instantly and 

drains all fluid from the gauge back into the reservoir. 

Features 

• Has a hardened steel spool. 

Partial snubbing action protects the gauge from surge 

damage. 

Optional panel mount 


Maximum 


Pressure 



Options 


Omit NPTF/SAE 

9 BSPP 

Weight: 1.0 kg (2.2 lbs.) 

Dimensions 


2502-F8.p65, dd 

GT 

Series GT Size 


400 1/4 NPTF 

420 7/16-20 UNF (SAE 4) 

28.4 

(1.12) 

63.5 

(2.50) 

31.8 

(1.25) 

14.2 

(0.56) 

25.4 

(1.00) 

F27 

40.1 

(1.58) 

82.6 

(3.25) 

Pressure Port 

54.1 

(2.13) 

S 

Material 


S Steel 

28.4 

(1.12) 

Hex. 

12.7 

(0.50) 

110.5 

(4.35) 

Gage Port 

7.9 

(0.31) 

Tank Port 

Seal Compound 


Omit Nitrile (Std.) 


E EPR 

7/8– 14 

UNF Thread 

19.1 

(0.75) 

7.9 (0.31) 

Travel 

Push and Turn Lock 

Option 

Design 

Series 

NOTE: 

Not required 





F

F 

H 




Series “MV” high-precision metering and shut-off 

valves allow extremely close control of fluids used in 

actuating and governing equipment. 

Operation 

The standard needle allows fine adjustment at low flow 

by using the first three turns of the adjusting knob. The 





Operating except for MV1600/1620 

Pressure brass which is 35 Bar 

(500 PSI) 


MV200, 400, 600, 620, 

800, 1020, 1200, 1220; 

207 Bar (3000 PSI) for 

all other sizes and 

styles 




Pressure Drop 

PSI 

200 

150 10.5 

125 

100 

Bar 

14.0 

175 12.1 

8.6 

6.9 

75 5.2 

50 3.5 

25 1.7 

0 

LPM 

0 

GPM 

2502-F4.p65, dd 




Model 

620 

Models 600 

and 820 

37.9 

10 

75.7 

20 

Models 800 

and 1020 

Models 1200 

and 1220 

Model 1600 

113.6 151.4 

30 

Flow 

40 

189.3 

50 


Series MV 

F14 

Features 

• 

Pressure Drop 





Fine and Micro-fine needles available for extremely fine 

control. 

MVK mounting kit makes panel mounting simple. 

High efficiency O-Ring stem seal that eliminates packing. 

PSI 

200 

150 10.5 

125 

100 

Bar 

14.0 

175 12.1 

8.6 

6.9 

75 5.2 

50 3.5 

25 1.7 

0 

LPM 

0 

GPM 




Model 

200-2 

Models 

200-3 

and 

400-3 

3.8 

1 

7.6 

2 

Model 

400-2 

Model 

200 

11.4 15.1 18.9 

3 

Flow 

4 5 




Model 

400 

22.7 

6





Omit NPTF/SAE 

8 BSPT 

9 BSPP 

Model Weight 


MV200 0.1 (0.3) 

MV260 0.1 (0.3) 

MV261 0.1 (0.3) 

MV400 0.3 (0.7) 

MV401 0.3 (0.7) 

MV460 0.3 (0.7) 

MV461 0.3 (0.6) 

MV600 0.5 (1.2) 

MV601 0.5 (1.1) 

MV620 0.5 (1.0) 

MV660 0.5 (1.2) 

An optional MKV mounting kit makes panel mounting quite simple. 

2502-F4.p65, dd 

MV 

Model Weight 


MV661 0.5 (1.2) 

MV681 0.5 (1.2) 

MV800 1.0 (2.1) 

MV820 0.5 (1.2) 

MV860 0.9 (2.0) 

MV861 1.0 (2.1) 

MV1020 1.0 (2.1) 

MV1200 1.6 (3.50) 

MV1221 1.6 (3.50) 

MV1261 1.6 (3.50) 

MV1600 1.9 (4.20) 

MV1620 1.9 (4.20) 


B Brass 

S Steel 


Series MV 

Options Series N Size Material Needle 

Options 

* 200 

260 

261 

* 400 

401 

460 

461 

* 600 

Mounting Kit 

601 

620 

660 

661 

* 800 

820 

860 

* sizes available in Brass. 

K ∅ – For Panel 

Mounting Valve 

861 

1020 

1200 

1220 

1261 

1600 

1620 

0.25 Max. 

Panel Thickness 

F15 

Seal 

Compound 


Omit Standard 30 ° Taper 

2 Fine 

3 Micro-fine 

2 and 3 available only in Series 

200 and 400 

Design 

Series 

NOTE: 

Not required 





Panel Mounting Kits 

Kit 

Number K Valve Model 

MVK2 15.0 

(0.59) 

MV200 

MVK4 19.8 MV400 

(0.78) MV620 

MVK6 23.1 MV600 

(0.91) MV820 

MVK8 29.5 MV800 

(1.16) MV1020 

MVK12 35.8 

(1.41) 

MV1200 

MVK16 35.8 

(1.41) 

MV1600 




F

F 

H 


Dimensions 


2502-F4.p65, dd 

A1 

E 

D 

A2 


Series MV 

Model 

Number A1 A2 B C D E F H J 

MV200 1/8– 27 NPTF 1/8– 27 NPTF 69.1 63.8 38.1 19.1 15.7 44.5 

Female Female (2.72) (2.51) (1.50) (0.75) (0.62) (1.75) 

MV400 1/4– 18 NPTF 1/4– 18 NPTF 86.9 81.5 50.8 25.4 20.6 50.8 

Female Female (3.42) (3.21) (2.00) (1.00) (0.81) (2.00) 

MV401 1/4– 18 NPTF 1/4– 18 NPTF 86.9 81.5 55.4 30.0 20.6 50.8 

Male Female (3.42) (3.21) (2.18) (1.18) (0.81) (2.00) 

MV620 9/16– 18 UNF 9/16– 18 UNF 89.2 83.8 60.5 30.2 25.4 50.8 

#6 SAE #6 SAE (3.51) (3.30) (2.38) (1.19) (1.00) (2.00) 

MV600 3/8– 18 NPTF 3/8– 18 NPTF 99.6 91.9 63.5 31.8 25.4 63.5 

Female Female (3.92) (3.62) (2.50) (1.25) (1.00) (2.50) 

MV601 3/8– 18 NPTF 3/8– 18 NPTF 99.6 91.9 68.1 36.3 25.4 63.5 

Male Female (3.92) (3.62) (2.68) (1.43) (1.00) (2.50) 

MV820 3/4– 16 UNF 3/4– 16 UNF 108.7 101.1 76.2 38.1 28.4 63.5 

#8 SAE #8 SAE (4.28) (3.98) (3.00) (1.50) (1.12) (2.50) 

MV800 1/2– 14 NPTF 1/2– 14 NPTF 129.3 116.6 66.5 33.3 31.8 82.6 

Female Female (5.09) (4.59) (2.62) (1.31) (1.25) (3.25) 

MV1020 7/8– 14 UNF 7/8– 14 UNF 129.5 116.6 88.9 44.5 31.8 82.6 

#10 SAE #10 SAE (5.10) (4.59) (3.50) (1.75) (1.25) (3.25) 

MV1200 3/4– 14 NPTF 3/4– 14 NPTF 141.8 127.8 82.6 41.1 38.1 98.6 

Female Female (5.58) (5.03) (3.25) (1.62) (1.50) (3.88) 

MV1220 1 1/16– 12 UNF 1 1/16– 12 UNF 141.8 127.8 101.6 50.8 38.1 98.6 

#12 SAE #12 SAE (5.58) (5.03) (4.00) (2.00) (1.50) (3.88) 

MV1600 1– 11 1/2 NPTF 1– 11 1/2 NPTF 146.8 132.8 108.0 53.8 44.5 98.6 

Female Female (5.78) (5.23) (4.25) (2.12) (1.75) (3.88) 

F16 

J 

H 

Sq. 

BTravel 

(Full Open) 

C 

Closed 

00 is Female to Female 

01 is Female to Male 



Elyria, Ohio, USA


Dimensions 


2502-F4.p65, dd 

A1 

E 

A2 


Series MV 

F17 

J 

H Sq. 

F 

BTravel 

(Full Open) 

C 

Closed 

60 is Male to Female 

61 is Female to Female 

6* Right Angle 

Model 

Number A1 A2 B C D E F H J 

MV260 1/8– 27 NPTF 1/8– 27 NPTF 72.4 67.1 19.1 22.1 15.7 44.5 

Male Female (2.85) (2.64) (0.75) (0.87) (0.62) (1.75) 

MV460 1/4– 18 NPTF 1/4– 18 NPTF 90.2 84.8 27.2 30.7 20.6 50.8 

Male Female (3.55) (3.34) (1.07) (1.21) (0.81) (2.00) 

MV660 3/8– 18 NPTF 3/8– 18 NPTF 110.7 103.1 31.8 34.8 25.4 63.5 

Male Female (4.36) (4.06) (1.25) (1.37) (1.00) (2.50) 

MV860 1/2– 14 NPTF 1/2– 14 NPTF 133.4 120.7 36.8 42.7 31.8 82.6 

Male Female (5.25) (4.75) (1.45) (1.68) (1.25) (3.25) 

MV261 1/8– 27 NPTF 1/8– 27 NPTF 72.4 67.1 19.1 20.6 15.7 44.5 

Female Female (2.85) (2.64) (0.75) (0.81) (0.62) (1.75) 

MV461 1/4– 18 NPTF 1/4– 18 NPTF 90.2 84.8 27.2 27.7 20.6 50.8 

Female Female (3.55) (3.34) (1.07) (1.09) (0.81) 2.00 

MV661 3/8– 18 NPTF 3/8– 18 NPTF 110.7 103.1 31.8 30.7 25.4 63.5 

Female Female (4.36) (4.06) (1.25) (1.21) (1.00) (2.50) 

MV861 1/2– 14 NPTF 1/2– 14 NPTF 133.4 120.7 36.8 38.1 31.8 82.6 

Female Female (5.25) (4.75) (1.45) (1.50) (1.25) (3.25) 

MV1261 3/4– 14 NPTF 3/4– 14 NPTF 146.8 132.8 44.5 41.1 38.1 98.6 

Female Female (5.78) (5.23) (1.75) (1.62) (1.50) (3.88) 




F


Needle Valves 

Technical Information Series N 


Series “N” needle valves are ideal as speed controls on 

hydraulic and pneumatic systems where a reverse flow 

check is not needed. They provide excellent control and 

a reliable shut-off in a very small 

envelope. 

Operation 





Features 

• 










Operating except for N1600 brass 

Pressure which is 35 Bar (500 PSI) 




all other sizes 

Operating 

Temperature 

-40°C to +121°C (-40°F to +250°F) 

Pressure Drop 

PSI 

160 

140 

120 

100 

80 

Bar 

11.0 

9.7 

8.2 

6.8 

5.7 

60 4.1 

40 2.7 

20 1.4 

0 

LPM 

0 

GPM 

2502-F3.p65, dd 




Model 800 

18.9 

5 

37.9 

10 

Models 1200 

and 1220 

56.8 

15 

75.7 94.6 113.6 

20 

Flow 

25 30 

Model 1020 

Model 1600 

132.5 151.4 

35 40 

F9 


Pressure Drop 

Pressure Drop 

PSI 

160 

140 

120 

100 

80 

8.2 

6.8 

5.7 

60 4.1 

40 2.7 

20 1.4 

PSI 

160 

140 

120 

100 

80 

Bar 

11.0 

9.7 

0 

LPM 

0 

GPM 

Bar 

11.0 

9.7 

8.2 

6.8 

5.7 

60 4.1 

40 2.7 

20 1.4 

0 

LPM 

0 

GPM 




Models 400 

and 620 (#4) 

3.8 

1 

7.6 

2 

Model 200 

Models 400 

and 620 

11.4 

3 

15.1 18.9 22.7 

4 

Flow 

5 6 

Models 600 

and 820 




75.7 

20 

Models 1600 

and 2000 

Model 

1620 

Model 2020 




26.5 30.3 

7 8 

151.4 227.1 302.8 378.5 454.2 529.9 605.6 

40 60 80 

Flow 

100 120 140 160 

F 

H 

J 

K 

L 

M

F 

H 


Needle Valves 

Dimensions Series N 

Model Weight 


N200 0.1 (0.3) 

N400 0.2 (0.5) 

N600 0.4 (0.9) 

N620 0.2 (0.5) 

N800 0.6 (1.4) 

N820 0.4 (0.9) 

N1020 0.6 (1.3) 

2502-F3.p65, dd 

N 

Options Series N Size Material Needle 

Options 


Omit NPTF/SAE 

8 BSPT 

9 BSPP 

200* 800*† 1600* 

400*† 820* 1620 

600*† 1020 2000 

620 1200* 2020 

1220 




B Brass 

S Steel 


Series N Brass Valves can be 



sizes. 

Model Weight 


N1200 1.0 (2.3) 

N1220 1.0 (2.3) 

N1600 2.1 (4.7) 

N1620 2.1 (4.7) 

N2000 2.9 (6.4) 

N2020 2.9 (6.4) 

F10 

Other 

Options 






1200 size 


Omit Standard 

4 Fine Metering 

(200, 400, 

600, 620 sizes) 

Seal 

Compound 




Design 

Series 

NOTE: 

Not required 




Elyria, Ohio, USA


Needle Valves 

Ordering Information Series N 


2502-F3.p65, dd 

H 

G 

F Sq. 

C 

Closed 

B 

Open 

G 

Model 

Number 

Max. Flow 

LPM (GPM) A B C D E F G H 

N200 11 (3) 1/8– 27 NPTF 39.1 35.3 38.1 19.1 15.7 7.9 19.1 

(1.54) (1.39) (1.50) (0.75) (0.62) (0.31) (0.75) 

N400 19 (5) 1/4– 18 NPTF 45.5 40.4 50.8 25.4 20.6 10.4 20.6 

(1.79) (1.59) (2.00) (1.00) (0.81) (0.41) (0.81) 

N420 11 (3) 7/16– 20 UNF 41.4 37.6 50.8 25.4 20.6 10.4 19.1 

#4 SAE (1.63) (1.48) (2.00) (1.00) (0.81) (0.41) (0.75) 

N600 30 (8) 3/8– 18 NPTF 55.4 49.5 63.5 31.8 25.4 12.7 25.4 

(2.18) (1.95) (2.50) (1.25) (1.00) (0.50) (1.00) 

N620 19 (5) 9/16– 18 UNF 47.8 42.7 60.5 30.2 25.4 12.7 20.6 

#6 SAE (1.88) (1.68) (2.38) (1.19) (1.00) (0.50) (0.81) 

N800 57 (15) 1/2– 14 NPTF 68.6 61.5 66.5 33.3 31.8 15.7 30.2 

(2.70) (2.42) (2.62) (1.31) (1.25) (0.62) (1.19) 

N820 30 (8) 3/4– 16 UNF 56.9 51.1 76.2 38.1 28.4 14.2 25.4 

#8 SAE (2.24) (2.01) (3.00) (1.50) (1.12) (0.56) (1.00) 

N1020 57 (15) 7/8– 14 UNF 68.6 61.5 88.9 44.5 31.8 15.7 30.2 

#10 SAE (2.70) (2.42) (3.50) (1.75) (1.25) (0.62) (1.19) 

N1200 95 (25) 3/4– 14 NPTF 85.9 71.4 82.6 41.1 38.1 19.1 35.1 

(3.38) (2.81) (3.25) (1.62) (1.50) (0.75) (1.38) 

N1220 95 (25) 1 1/6– 12 UN 85.9 71.4 101.6 50.8 38.1 19.1 35.1 

#12 SAE (3.38) (2.81) (4.00) (2.00) (1.50) (0.75) (1.38) 

N1600 151 (40) 1– 11 1/2 NPTF 123.7 106.9 108.0 53.8 44.5 22.4 47.8 * 

(4.87) (4.21) (4.25) (2.12) (1.75) (0.88) (1.88) 

N1620 151 (40) 1 5/16– 12 UN 130.8 114.0 108.0 53.8 57.2 28.4 47.8 * 

#16 SAE (5.15) (4.49) (4.25) (2.12) (2.25) (1.12) (1.88) 

N2000 265 (70) 1 1/4– 11 1/2 NPTF 130.0 113.3 108.0 53.8 57.2 28.4 47.8 * 

(5.12) (4.46) (4.25) (2.12) (2.25) (1.12) (1.88) 

N2020 265 (70) 1 5/8– 12 UN 140.2 123.4 114.3 57.2 69.9 60.5 47.8 * 

#20 SAE (5.52) (4.86) (4.50) (2.25) (2.75) (2.38) (1.88) 

* = Hex 

F11 

A 

(Both Ends) 

E 

Recommended 

Flow Direction 

D 




F 

H 

J 

K 

L 

M

F 

H 



Technical Information Series PC*K 


Series “PCK” pressure compensated flow control 



pressure. 

Operation 

Series PCK valves are factory-set for a specified flow. 

The flow can be changed with a different “PCK” Orifice 

Plug Kit (sold separately). 

Features 

• 


Flow precision within ±5% of full flow. 


PC*K400S PC*K600S PC*K800S PC*K1200S 

PC*K620S PC*K820S PC*K1020S PC*K1220S 

Maximum 

Operating 

Pressure 

207 Bar (3000 PSI) 

Operating 



Maximum Flow 11 LPM (3 GPM) 23 LPM (6 GPM) 57 LPM (15 GPM) 95 LPM (25 GPM) 

Minimum Flow 1 LPM (0.3 GPM) 2 LPM (0.6 GPM) 6 LPM (1.5 GPM) 10 LPM (2.5 GPM) 

Reverse Flow, 

Maximum thru 19 LPM (5 GPM) 30 LPM (8 GPM) 76 LPM (20 GPM) 132 LPM (35 GPM) 

Check 

Pressure Drop, 3 Bar (40 PSI) 3 Bar (40 PSI) PC*K800S: PC*K1200S: 


Reverse Flow PC*K1020S: PC*K1220S: 

Flow thru Check 3 Bar (40 PSI) 3 Bar (40 PSI) 

Port Size PC*K400S: 1/4 NPTF PC*K600S: 3/8 NPTF PC*K800S: 1/2 NPTF PC*K1200S: 3/4 NPTF 

(in.) PC*K620S: PC*K820S: PC*K1020S: PC*K1220S: 

9/16-18 UNF (SAE 6) 3/4-16 UNF (SAE 8) 7/8-14 UNF (SAE 10) 1-1/16-12 UN (SAE 12) 


2502-F5.p65, dd 

F20 

PCK 

PCCK 



Elyria, Ohio, USA



Model Weight 


PCK400 0.3 (0.7) 

PCK600 1.0 (2.1) 

PCK620 0.3 (0.7) 

PCK800 1.5 (3.2) 

PCK820 1.0 (2.1) 

PCK1020 1.5 (3.2) 

PCK1200 1.5 (3.3) 

PCK1220 1.5 (3.3) 

“PCK” Orifice Plug Kits 

PK 

Model Weight 


PK4-*N 0.05 (0.1) 

PK6-*N 0.05 (0.1) 

PK8-*N 0.05 (0.1) 

PK12-*N 0.05 (0.1) 

2502-F5.p65, dd 

PC 

Options Pressure Reverse 

Compensated 

Flow Control 

Check 


Omit NPTF/SAE 

9 BSPP 


Omit Without 

C Check 

Code NPTF SAE 

4 400 620 

6 600 820 

8 800 1020 

12 1200 1220 

K S 

Fixed 

Flow 

Size 

(Inline Ports)l 

400 820 

600 1020 

620 1200 

800 1220 


Series PC*K 

Material Flow 

Seal 

Compound 


S Steel 

Plug Kit Valve Size Flow* Seals 

F21 




Available Flow Settings GPM (LPM) 

PCK 400/620 PCK 600/820 PCK 800/1020 PCK 1200/1220 

GPM (LPM) GPM (LPM) GPM (LPM) GPM (LPM) 

0.25 (0.9) 0.50 (1.9) 2.00 (7.57) 4.00 (15.14) 

0.50 (1.9) 1.00 (3.8) 3.00 (11.36) 6.00 (22.71) 

0.75 (2.8) 1.50 (5.7) 4.00 (15.14) 8.00 (30.28) 

1.00 (3.8) 2.00 (7.6) 5.00 (18.93) 10.00 (37.85) 

1.25 (4.7) 2.50 (9.5) 6.00 (22.71) 12.00 (45.42) 

1.50 (5.7) 3.00 (11.4) 7.00 (26.50) 14.00 (52.99) 

1.75 (6.6) 3.50 (13.2) 8.00 (30.28) 16.00 (60.56) 

2.00 (7.6) 4.00 (15.1) 9.00 (34.07) 18.00 (68.13) 

2.25 (8.5) 4.50 (17.0) 10.00 (37.85) 20.00 (75.70) 

2.50 (9.5) 5.00 (18.9) 11.00 (41.64) 22.00 (83.27) 

2.75 (10.4) 5.50 (20.8) 12.00 (45.42) 24.00 (90.84) 

3.00 (11.4) 6.00 (22.7) 13.00 (49.21) 26.00 (98.41) 

14.00 (52.99) 

15.00 (56.78) 

Note: Settings are based on using 100 SSU at +120°F (+49°C). 

* Flow is indicated in GPM (LPM). 


N Nitrile (Standard) 


Available Flow Settings GPM (LPM) 

PCK 400/620 PCK 600/820 PCK 800/1020 PCK 1200/1220 

GPM (LPM) GPM (LPM) GPM (LPM) GPM (LPM) 

0.25 (0.9) 0.50 (1.9) 2.00 (7.57) 4.00 (15.14) 

0.50 (1.9) 1.00 (3.8) 3.00 (11.36) 6.00 (22.71) 

0.75 (2.8) 1.50 (5.7) 4.00 (15.14) 8.00 (30.28) 

1.00 (3.8) 2.00 (7.6) 5.00 (18.93) 10.00 (37.85) 

1.25 (4.7) 2.50 (9.5) 6.00 (22.71) 12.00 (45.42) 

1.50 (5.7) 3.00 (11.4) 7.00 (26.50) 14.00 (52.99) 

1.75 (6.6) 3.50 (13.2) 8.00 (30.28) 16.00 (60.56) 

2.00 (7.6) 4.00 (15.1) 9.00 (34.07) 18.00 (68.13) 

2.25 (8.5) 4.50 (17.0) 10.00 (37.85) 20.00 (75.70) 

2.50 (9.5) 5.00 (18.9) 11.00 (41.64) 22.00 (83.27) 

2.75 (10.4) 5.50 (20.8) 12.00 (45.42) 24.00 (90.84) 

3.00 (11.4) 6.00 (22.7) 13.00 (49.21) 26.00 (98.41) 

14.00 (52.99) 

15.00 (56.78) 

Note: Settings are based on using 100 SSU at +120°F (+49°C). 

* Flow is indicated in GPM (LPM). 

Design 

Series 

NOTE: 

Not required 


Design 

Series 

NOTE: 

Not required 





F

F 

H 



Technical Information Series PC*K 


Pressure Drop 

PSI 

3000 

2000 140 

1500 105 

1000 

Bar 

210 

2500 170 

70 

500 35 

150 10 

0 

LPM 

0 

GPM 

Dimensions 


Model 

Number A B C D E F G 

PC*K400/620 1/4–18 NPTF/ 

9/16–18 UNF 

92.2 (3.63) 27.7 (1.09) 31.8 (1.25) 17.5 (0.69) 38.1 (1.50) 6.4 (0.25) 

PC*K600/820 3/8–18 NPTF 

3/4–16 UNF 

105.7 (4.16) 30.2 (1.19) 38.1 (1.50) 19.1 (0.75) 44.5 (1.75) 6.4 (0.25) 

PC*K800/1020 1/2–14 NPTF 

7/8–14 UNF 

125.5 (4.94) 36.6 (1.44) 44.5 (1.75) 22.4 (0.88) 50.8 (2.00) 6.4 (0.25) 

PC*K1200/1220 3/4–14 NPTF 

1 1/16–12 UNF 

149.4 (5.88) 48.5 (1.91) 57.2 (2.25) 28.7 (1.13) 63.5 (2.50) 6.4 (0.25) 

2502-F5.p65, dd 

PC*K Series 


at Maximum Flow Setting 


11 

3 

23 

6 

C 

PC**400 PC**800 

PC**600 PC**1200 

PC**1600 

57 

15 

Flow 

B 

95 190 

25 50 

A (Both Ends) 

F22 

F 

E 

G 

D Sq. 



Elyria, Ohio, USA





Series “PCM” pressure compensated flow control 



pressure. 

Operation 

Series PCM valves can be adjusted for required flows 

after being installed. 

Features 

• 










PC*M400S PC*M600S PC*M800S PC*M1200S PC*M1600S 

PC*M620S PC*M820S PC*M1020S PC*M1220S PC*M1620 

Maximum 

Operating 

Pressure 

207 Bar (3000 PSI) 

Operating 



Maximum Flow 11 LPM (3 GPM) 23 LPM (6 GPM) 57 LPM (15 GPM) 95 LPM (25 GPM) 189 LPM (50 GPM) 

Minimum Flow 1 LPM (0.3 GPM) 2 LPM (0.6 GPM) 6 LPM (1.5 GPM) 10 LPM (2.5 GPM) 19 LPM (5.0 GPM) 

Reverse Flow, 

Maximum thru 19 LPM (5 GPM) 30 LPM (8 GPM) 76 LPM (20 GPM) 132 LPM (35 GPM) 227 LPM (60 GPM) 

Check 

Pressure Drop, 3 Bar (40 PSI) 3 Bar (40 PSI) PC*M800S: PC*M1200S: 10 Bar (140 PSI) 


Reverse Flow PC*M1020S: PC*M1220S: 

thru Check 3 Bar (40 PSI) 3 Bar (40 PSI) 

Port Size PC*M400S: PC*M600S: PC*M800S: PC*M1200S: PCM1600S: 

(in.) 1/4 NPTF 3/8 NPTF 1/2 NPTF 3/4 NPTF 1 NPTF 

PC*M620S: PC*M820S: PC*M1020S: PC*M1220S: PC*M1620: 

9/16-18 UNF 3/4-16 UNF 7/8-14 UNF 1-1/16-12 UN 1-15/16-12 UN 

(SAE 6) (SAE 8) (SAE 10) (SAE 12) (SAE 16) 


2502-F6.p65, dd 

F23 

PCM 

PCCM 




F 

H

F 

H 





Pressure Drop 

Options 


Omit NPTF/SAE 

9 BSPP 

PSI 

3000 

2500 

2000 

1500 

1000 

Bar 

210 

170 

140 

105 

70 

500 35 

150 10 

0 

LPM 

0 

GPM 

2502-F6.p65, dd 

PC*M Series 



11 

3 

PC 

Pressure 

Compensated 

Flow Control 

Model Weight 


PCM400 0.8 (1.8) 

PCM600 1.0 (2.3) 

PCM620 0.8 (1.8) 

PCM800 1.7 (3.7) 

PCM820 1.4 (3.1) 


23 

6 

Reverse 

Check 


Omit Without 

C Check 

PC**400 PC**800 

PC**600 PC**1200 

PC**1600 

57 

15 

Flow 

Pressure Drop 

PSI 

160 

140 

120 

100 

80 

Bar 

11.0 

9.7 

8.3 

6.9 

5.5 

60 4.1 

40 2.8 

20 1.4 

0 

LPM 

0 

GPM 

M 

Adjustable 

Flow 

Model Weight 


PCM1020 1.7 (3.7) 

PCM1200 3.6 (8.0) 

PCM1220 3.6 (8.0) 

PCM1600 6.6 (14.5) 

PCM1620 6.6 (14.5) 

PCM2000 11.8 (26.0) 

95 190 

25 50 

F24 

Pressure Drop 

PSI 

160 

140 

120 

100 

80 

Bar 

11.0 

9.7 

8.3 

6.9 

5.5 

60 4.1 

40 2.8 

20 1.4 

0 

LPM 

0 

GPM 


PCCM 400, 600 and 1200 Series 



400 

620 


15.2 

PCCM 800 and 1600 Series 




30.2 

8 

800 

1020 


60.6 

16 

Size 

400 1020 

600 * 1200 

620 1220 

800 * 1600 

820 * 1620 

2000 

* Available in 

Stainless Steel 


Material 


S Steel 


1600 

1620 







1200 size 

4 

Adjustable 

Knob Options 


30.2 

8 

600 

820 

w 

Min. Flo Setting 

90.8 121.2 151.4 181.7 212.0 242.2 

24 32 

Flow 

40 48 56 64 


Seals Design 

Series 

NOTE: 

Not required 





M in. Flow Setting 

1200 

1220 

43.4 60.6 75.8 90.8 106.0 121.2 

12 16 

Flow 

20 24 28 32 



Elyria, Ohio, USA



Dimensions Series PC*M 


Model 

Number A B C D E F G H J K 

PC*M400/620 1/4– 18 NPTF 92.2 81.0 28.7 35.1 64.0 69.3 16.8 17.5 20.6 

9/16– 18 UNF (3.63) (3.19) (1.13) (1.38) (2.52) (2.73) (0.66) (0.69) (0.81) 

PC*M600/820 3/8– 18 NPTF 105.7 93.0 31.8 38.1 73.7 80.0 17.5 19.1 25.4 

3/4– 16 UNF (4.16) (3.66) (1.25) (1.50) (2.90) (3.15) (0.69) (0.75) (1.00) 

PC*M800/1020 1/2– 14 NPTF 125.5 109.5 38.1 44.5 95.0 102.6 22.4 22.4 30.2 

7/8– 14 UNF (4.94) (4.31) (1.50) (1.75) (3.74) (4.04) (0.88) (0.88) (1.19) 

PC*M1200/1220 3/4– 14 NPTF 149.4 130.3 50.8 57.2 115.8 128.5 27.7 28.7 35.1 

1 1/16– 12 UNF (5.88) (5.13) (2.00) (2.25) (4.56) (5.06) (1.09) (1.13) (1.38) 

PC*M1600/1620 1– 11 1/2 NPTF 176.3 155.7 63.5 69.9 158.2 175.3 33.3 35.1 47.8 

1 5/16– 12 UNF (6.94) (6.13) (2.50) (2.75) (6.23) (6.90) (1.31) (1.38) (1.88) 

PC*M2000 1 1/4– 11 1/2 NPTF 212.9 190.5 76.2 88.9 182.1 201.2 41.4 44.5 47.8 

(8.38) (7.50) (3.00) (3.50) (7.17) (7.92) (1.63) (1.75) (1.88) 

2502-F6.p65, dd 

J 

H 

C 

B 

A Port A Port 

F25 

D 

K 

E Sq. 

K Hex 

1600 and 

2000 sizes 

G 

Open 

F 

Closed 




F 

H

F 

H 


Check Valves 

Technical Information Series VCL and VCR 


Series “VCL” check valves operate at free flow in one 

direction. Reverse flow is blocked. Series “VCR” 

restrictor check valves permit free flow in one direction 

and metered flow in the opposite direction. 

Operation 

The spring keeps the poppet closed until the valve 

reaches the preset pressure. The valve stays open until 

the pressure goes below the spring setting. 

Features 

• 

Available in a wide variety of crack pressures. 

Poppet spring is isolated from liquid flow stream 

minimizing turbulence. 

Close tolerance fit between poppet and poppet retainer 

creates a cushion that protects valve from surge shock 

damage. 


Models VCL*P and VCR*P (female pipe to female pipe) 

Max. Cracking 

Oper. Press. Rated Flow Press. P Total P 

Valve Model Bar (PSI) Material LPM (GPM) Bar (PSI) Bar (PSI) Port Size 

VC*4P5 207 (3000) Steel† 23 (5) 0.3 (5) 0.6 (8.3) 1/4 NPSF 

VC*4P65 207 (3000) Steel† 23 (5) 4.5 (65) 5.0 (72.5) 1/4 NPSF 

VC*6P5 207 (3000) Steel† 30 (8) 0.3 (5) 0.4 (6.0) 3/8 NPSF 

VC*6P65 207 (3000) Steel† 30 (8) 4.5 (65) 4.6 (66.0) 3/8 NPSF 

VC*8P5 207 (3000) Steel† 45 (15) 0.3 (5) 0.5 (7.2) 1/2 NPSF 

VC*8P65 207 (3000) Steel† 45 (15) 4.5 (65) 4.6 (66.0) 1/2 NPSF 

VC*12P5 207 (3000) Steel† 100 (25) 0.3 (5) 0.8 (11.0) 3/4 NPSF 

VC*12P65 207 (3000) Steel† 100 (25) 4.5 (65) 4.6 (67.0) 3/4 NPSF 

VC*16P5 207 (3000) Steel† 133 (35) 0.3 (5) 0.4 (5.3) 1 NPSF 

VC*16P65 207 (3000) Steel† 133 (35) 4.5 (65) 4.6 (66.0) 1 NPSF 

VC*20P5 207 (3000) Steel† 189 (50) 0.3 (5) 1.1 (15.9) 1-1/4 NPSF 

VC*20P65 207 (3000) Steel† 189 (50) 4.5 (65) 5.4 (78.0) 1-1/4 NPSF 

* Available in “L” or “R” Style. 

† All steel construction with zinc chromate plating. 

Models VCL*F and VCR*F (male 37° flare to male 37°) 

Max. Cracking 

Oper. Press. Rated Flow Press. P Total P 

Valve Model Bar (PSI) Material Seals LPM (GPM) Bar (PSI) Bar (PSI) Port Size 

VC*6F5 207 (3000) Steel† Nitrile O-Rings 23 (5) 0.3 (5) 0.6 (8.3) 9/16-18 UNF 

VC*6F65 207 (3000) Steel† Nitrile O-Rings 23 (5) 4.5 (65) 5.0 (72.5) (SAE 6) 





VC*12F5 207 (3000) Steel† Nitrile O-Rings 100 (25) 0.3 (5) 0.8 (11.0) 1 1/16-12 UN 






* Available in “L” or “R” Style. 

† All steel construction with zinc chromate plating. 

2502-F10.p65, dd 

F32 

VC**F 

VC**P 



Elyria, Ohio, USA


Check Valves 

Ordering Information Series VCL and VCR 

VC 

Series VC Type Size Port Style Cracking 

Pressure 

2502-F10.p65, dd 


L Standard 

Check 

R Restrictor 

Check 


4* 1/4" 

6 3/8" 

8 1/2" 

10† 5/8" 

12 3/4" 

16 1" 

20 1 1/4" 

*37° flare not available 

in size 4. 

† NPTF not available in 

size 10. 


F 37° Flare Tube 

Both Ends 

P NPTF Female 

Both Ends 


05 0.3 Bar (5 PSI) 

65 4.5 Bar (65 PSI) 

F33 

A 

Orifice Size Seal 

Compound 



V * Fluorocarbon 

* Only available with “F” 

port style. 


Omit VCL Type 

Code* VCR Type 

Design 

Series 

NOTE: 

Not required 


Orifice Available in These 

*Code Size Valve Sizes and Styles 

02 .031" 6P 8F 

04 .063" 4P 

6P 

6F 

8F 

12P 

07 .109" 6P 8F 8P 

10F 12F 12P 

08 .125" 8P 10F 

12F 12P 

12 .188" 12F 12P 16F 

16P 20F 20P 

13 .203" 8P 10F 

12F 12P 

Model Weight 


VCL4F 0.2 (0.4 ) 

VCL6F 0.2 (0.4 ) 

VCL6P 0.3 (0.7 ) 

VCL8F 0.3 (0.7 ) 

VCL8P 0.4 (0.9 ) 

VCL10F 0.4 (0.9 ) 

VCL12 0.5 (1.2 ) 

VCL16 0.8 (1.8 ) 

VCL20 2.0 (4.3 ) 




F

F 

H 


Check Valves 

Performance Curves Series VCL and VCR 

Pressure Drop 

Pressure Drop 

PSI 

20 

15 

10 

PSI 

100 

Bar 

1.4 

1.0 

0.7 

5 0.3 

75 

50 

0 

LPM 

0 

GPM 

Bar 

6.9 

5.2 

3.5 

25 1.7 

0 

LPM 

0 

GPM 

2502-F10.p65, dd 

3.8 

1 

1" 

189 379 

50 100 

7.6 

2 

VCL*P 

1/4" 

11.4 15.1 

3 4 

Flow 

VCL*P 

1-1/4" 

568 

150 

Flow 

Pressure Drop 

1-1/2" 

PSI 

100 

75 

50 

757 946 

200 250 

Bar 

6.9 

5.2 

3.5 

25 1.7 

0 

LPM 

0 

GPM 

18.9 

5 

2" 

1136 

300 

38 76 114 

10 20 30 

F34 

Pressure Drop 

Pressure Drop 

PSI 

100 

75 

50 

Bar 

6.9 

5.2 

3.5 

25 1.7 

PSI 

70 

60 

50 

40 

30 

20 

10 

0 

LPM 

0 

GPM 

Bar 

4.8 

4.1 

3.5 

2.8 

2.1 

1.4 

0.7 

0 

LPM 

0 

GPM 

VCL*F and VCR*F 

1/2" 3/4" 

151 

189 

40 50 

Flow 

7.6 

2 

38 

10 

15.1 

4 

227 265 303 341 

60 70 80 90 

76 

20 

VCL*P 

3/8" 1/2" 3/4" 

1" 

114 151 

30 40 

Flow 

VCL*F and VCR*F 

379 

100 

22.7 

6 

1/4" 3/8" 

30.3 37.9 45.1 53.1 

8 

Flow 

10 12 14 




189 

50 

60.6 

16


Check Valves 

Dimensions Series VCL and VCR 


Models VCL*P and VCR*P 

Valve Model A B C 

VC*4P**A 1/4-1/8 NPSF 62.0 (2.44) 20.6 (0.81) 

VC*6P**A 3/8-18 NPSF 69.9 (2.75) 22.4 (0.88) 

VC*8P**A 1/2-14 NPSF 88.9 (3.50) 26.9 (1.06) 

VC*12P**A 3/4-14 NPSF 98.6 (3.88) 34.8 (1.37) 

VC*16P**A 1-11 1/2 NPSF 124.0 (4.88) 40.6 (1.60) 

VC*20P**A 1 1/4-11 1/2 NPSF 125.0 (4.94) 50.8 (2.00) 

Models VCL*F and VCR*F 

Valve Model A B C 

2502-F10.p65, dd 

B 

VC*6F**A 9/16-18 UNF (SAE 6) 44.5 (1.75) 20.6 (0.81) 

VC*8F**A 3/4-16 UNF (SAE 8) 56.4 (2.22) 25.4 (1.00) 

VC*10F**A 7/8-14 UNF (SAE 10) 61.2 (2.41) 28.4 (1.12) 

VC*12F**A 1 1/16-12 UN (SAE 12) 69.9 (2.75) 35.1 (1.38) 

VC*16F**A 1 15/16-12 UN (SAE 16) 84.1 (3.31) 44.1 (1.62) 

VC*20F**A 1 5/8-12 UN (SAE 20) 84.1 (3.31) 47.8 (1.88) 

F35 

A 

(Both Ends) 

B A 

(Both Ends) 

C 

C 




F

Female 

Features 

• 3000 PSI (207 Bar) 

1/4" to 1 1/2" 


Male 

CLS 

QLS 

1 

Bulletin HY14-3002/US 

Series CLS 

Inline Check Valve and 

Series QLS 

Inline Throttle Valve 

Effective: February 1, 2004 

Supersedes: Catalog No. GPA-3-150 dated 2/87 

Catalog No. GP-4007 dated 2/87 

Description 

The Parker Series CLS inline check valves are designed to 

provide free flow in one direction and a positive check in the 

opposite direction. They are available with a variety of port 

types and sizes and may be mounted in any position. 

The Parker Series QLS inline throttle valves are deigned to 

provide free flow in one direction and a restricted flow in the 

opposite direction. They are available with various orifice 

sizes. Throttle valves are used for improving control of 

hydraulic cylinders and motors. 

CLS Symbol QLS Symbol 



Elyria, Ohio, USA

PRESSURE DROP DATA (typical) 

DIMENSIONS 

2 



Elyria, Ohio, USA

ORDER CODE 

3 



Elyria, Ohio, USA

FAILURE OR IMPROPER SELECTION OR IMPROPER USE OF THE PRODUCTS AND/OR SYSTEMS DESCRIBED HEREIN OR RELATED ITEMS CAN CAUSE DEATH, PERSONAL INJURY AND PROPERTY 

DAMAGE. 

This document and other information from Parker Hannifin Corporation, its subsidiaries and authorized distributors provide product and/or system options for further investigation by users having technical expertise. 

It is important that you analyze all aspects of your application and review the information concerning the product or system in the current product catalog. Due to the variety of operating conditions and applications 

for these products or systems, the user, through its own analysis and testing, is solely responsible for making the final selection of the products and systems and assuring that all performance, safety and warning 

requirements of the application are met. 

The products described herein, including without limitation, product features, specifications, designs, availability and pricing, are subject to change by Parker Hannifin Corporation and its subsidiaries at any time 

without notice. 

© Copyright 2004, Parker Hannifin Corporation, All Rights Reserved 

WARNING 

Offer of Sale 

The items described in this document are hereby offered for sale by Parker Hannifin Corporation, its subsidiaries or its authorized distributors. This offer and its acceptance are governed by the provisions stated 

in the "Offer of Sale". 



520 Ternes Ave. 

Elyria, OH, 44035 USA 

Tel: (440) 366-5200 

Fax: (440) 366-5253 


Bulletin HY14-3002/US, 

5C, 2/04, PHD

Features 

• Accurate control of double-acting cylinder by having 

both sides of the piston pressurized. 

For improving control of the lowering stroke of a 

cylinder. 

For preventing cavitation of a cylinder or motor having 

an inertia load. 

For metering oil flow to a hydraulic motor for proper 

motor speed. 

For improving control of the extend stroke of a 

hydraulic cylinder. 

Unidirectional 


1 


Series LT/LTF 

Line Check Valves 

Line Throttle Valves 


Supersedes: Catalog No. GPA-3-200 dated 3/95 

Description 

The Parker Series LT and LTF Valves will operate satisfactorily 

when installed in any position. These valves may be used as 

Line Check Valves, permitting full flow of hydraulic oil in one 

direction only or they may be used as restrictors. 

An assortment of restrictors are available. When installed, the 

valve becomes a Line Throttle Valve permitting free flow of 

hydraulic oil in one direction and a restricted flow in the 

opposite direction. 

An array of color-coded poppets allows easy and quick 

identification. 



Elyria, Ohio, USA


2 

Free Flow 



Elyria, Ohio, USA

DIMENSIONS 

3 



Elyria, Ohio, USA


DAMAGE. 








WARNING 

Offer of Sale 







Tel: (440) 366-5200 

Fax: (440) 366-5253 



3C, 2/04, PHD

Features 

Hardened parts provide long life 

In-line mounting 

When reverse flow is applied from the priority port, the 

valve acts as a fixed orifice 

Dial style knob provides an easy adjustable method for 

setting flow rate 


(Excess flow on 

opposite side) 


EF CF 

Customer 

Supplied 

Relief 

Valve 

Inlet 

IN 

Maximum MFB-025 – 93.75 LPM (25 GPM) 

Inlet Flow MFB-050 – 187.5 LPM (50 GPM) 

Maximum MFB-025 – 56.25 LPM (15 GPM) 

Control Flow MFB-050 – 56.25 LPM (15 GPM) 

Operating Press. 210 Bar (3000 PSI) 

Flow Accuracy ±10% 

Compensator 

Bias Spring 

6.2 Bar (90 PSI) Differential 

1 


Series MFB 

Flow Control Valve 


Supersedes: All Previous Publications 


Parker Series MFB Flow Control Valves are designed for 

applications where it is necessary to supply flow from a 

single pump to two separate circuits (Snow plow attachment 

and a dump body). One of the two circuits will be 

the primary circuit and receive priority flow from the MFB 

series valve. Any excess flow above the priority requirement 

is available to a second circuit. 

Operation 

The Parker MFB Series Flow Controls use a control 

orifice in a spring-biased, compensated spool to supply a 

priority flow requirement. Any flow over and above the 

priority flow will be directed to a bypass port. The priority 

flow is fully compensated, meaning that as load pressure 

at the priority port changes, the priority flow will change 

to meet that requirement. 

If the pump supply is less than required for the priority 

circuit, all flow will go to the priority circuit, and none will 

be diverted to the excess flow port. 

This valve can also be used as a restrictive-type, 

pressure-compensated flow control by plugging the 

excess flow port. 

Caution: If the priority flow port is totally blocked, the 

compensator spool shifts completely to block the bypass 

port thus closing the valve completely. If a fixed displacement 

pump is being used in this type of application, there 

must be a relief mounted between the pump and the 

MFB series flow control valve. 

Operating Temp. -31.7°C to +121.1°C 


(Fluorocarbon Seals Only) 

Internal Material Steel 

Body Material Steel (chromate plated) 

Filtration ISO code 16/13 


Mounting In-line (no restrictions) 



Elyria, Ohio, USA

DIMENSIONS 

*Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) 

A B C 

MFB-025 34.9 25.4 50.8 

(1.38) (1.00) (2.00) 

MFB-050 60.5 38.1 76.2 

(2.38) (1.50) (3.00) 

Code “EF” Port “IN” Port “CF” Port 

MFB-025 06 3/8″ NPTF 3/8″ NPTF 3/8″ NPTF 

52 #8 SAE #8 SAE #8 SAE 

MFB-050 12 3/4″ NPTF 3/4″ NPTF 3/4″ NPTF 

53 #10 SAE #10 SAE #10 SAE 

54 #12 SAE #12 SAE #12 SAE 

56 #16 SAE #16 SAE #12 SAE 

69.9 

(2.75) 50.8 

(2.00) 

31.9 

(1.26) 

Stem Adjustable 

85.9 

(3.38) 

IN Port 

CF Port 

7.1 (.28) Dia. Thru 

2 Mounting Holes 

17.3 

(.68) 

2 

A 

88.9 

(3.50) 

Open 50.8 

(2.00) 

31.9 

(1.26) 

55.6 

(2.19) 

3.0 

(.12) 

Knob Adjustable 

85.9 

(3.38) 

IN Port 

111.3 

(4.38) 

95.3 

(3.75) 

122.0 

(4.80) 

CF Port 

EF Port 

7.9 

(.31) 

17.3 

(.68) 




B 

7.9 

(.31) 

C

ORDER CODE 

MFB 

Mobile 

Flow Control 

In Body 

Nominal 

Inlet Flow 

Code Flow 

025 56.25 LPM (15 GPM) 

050 56.25 LPM (15 GPM) 

Shipping Weight 

MFB-025, MFB-050 2.7 kg (6.0 lbs.) 

P 

Priority 

Flow 

Controlled 

Flow 

Rates 


3 

Style 


Omit Adjustable Flow 

01 MFB-025 and MFB-50 

thru 3.75-56.25 LPM (1-15 GPM) 

15 (in 3.75 LPM (1 GPM) increments) 

Omit Non-Adjustable 

AP Adjustable Priority 

Adjustment 

Style 

Code Style 

N None (Preset) 

S Stem 

K Knob 

Porting 

Code Type 

06 

MFB-025 

3/8″ NPTF 

52 SAE – 8 

MFB-050 

12 3/4″ NPTF 

53 SAE – 10 

54 SAE – 12 

56 SAE – 16 



Elyria, Ohio, USA


DAMAGE. 








WARNING 

Offer of Sale 







Tel: (440) 366-5200 

Fax: (440) 366-5253 



3M, 2/04, PHD

VLS 

QLF 

Features 

• Up to 3,000 PSI, 0.5 to 90 GPM. 


° ° 

° ° 


Series VLS and QLF 

Velocity Check Valves 


Supersedes: HY14-2724-B1/US dated July 1, 2003 

Cat. No. GPA-5-10 dated 7/91 

Description 

The Parker Series VLS velocity checks protect your hydraulic 

system in the event of line rupture. These valves return to the 

open position once the pressure is equalized. 

The VLS valve is a flow sensing, hydraulic check. Flow will 

pass through the check until the designated closing flow is 

reached. Then the check will close, stopping further flow. 

The Parker Series Series QLF velocity restrictor check valve 

provides a lower flow rate if a specific flow rate is exceeded. 

These valves return to the open position once the pressure is 

nearly equalized. 

The QLF valve is a flow sensing, hydraulic restrictor check. 

Flow in the closing direction will pass through the check until 

the fusing flow is reached. The check poppet will then close 

and reduce the flow through a fixed orifice for controlled 

lowering. 

1 



Elyria, Ohio, USA

DIMENSIONS 

VLS 

FUSING FLOW 

2 



Elyria, Ohio, USA

DIMENSIONS 

QLF 

REGULATED FLOW 

3 



Elyria, Ohio, USA

ORDERING CODE 

Model 

Code Model 

Inlet 

Porting 

Code Size 

38 3/8" NPTF 

50 1/2" NPTF 

75 3/4" NPTF 

100 1" NPTF 

06 SAE -6 

08 SAE -8 

10 SAE -10 

12 SAE -12 

16 SAE -16 

24 SAE -24 

VLS Velocity Fuse 

QLF Velocity Fuse 

w/Bleed 

M 

Male 

Thread 

VLS & QLF Flow Chart 

Max Flow Models 

26.5 LPM (7 GPM) 06M2-06M3 

10M2-06M3 

37.9 LPM (10 GPM) 08M2-08M3 

10M2-08M3 

38M1-38M1 

45.4 LPM (12 GPM) 10M2-10M3 

56.8 LPM (15 GPM) 50M1-38M1 

50M1-50M1 

75.7 LPM (20 GPM) 12M2-10M3 

75M1-75M1 

90.8 LPM (24 GPM) 12M2-12M3 

Port 

Type 

Code Type 

132.5 LPM (35 GPM) 16M2-16M3 

100M1-100M1 

332.5 LPM (90 GPM) 24M2-24M3 

1 NPTF 

2 SAE 

Outlet 

Porting 

Code Size 

38 3/8" NPTF 

50 1/2" NPTF 

75 3/4" NPTF 

100 1" NPTF 

06 SAE -6 

08 SAE -8 

10 SAE -10 

12 SAE -12 

16 SAE -16 

24 SAE -24 

4 

M 

Male 

Thread 

Code Flow* 

Port 

Type 

Code Type 

1 NPTF 

2 SAE 

3 JIC 

1.0 3.75 LPM (1.0 GPM) 

2.0 7.6 LPM (2.0 GPM) 

3.0 11.4 LPM (3.0 GPM) 

4.0 15.1 LPM (4.0 GPM) 

5.0 18.9 LPM (5.0 GPM) 

6.0 22.7 LPM (6.0 GPM) 

7.0 26.5 LPM (7.0 GPM) 

8.0 30.3 LPM (8.0 GPM) 

9.0 34.1 LPM (9.0 GPM) 

10 37.9 LPM (10 GPM) 

15 56.8 LPM (15 GPM) 

20 75.7 LPM (20 GPM) 

35 132.5 LPM (35 GPM) 

50 187.5 LPM (50 GPM) 

60 225.0 LPM (60 GPM) 

72 270.0 LPM (72 GPM) 

90 337.5 LPM (90 GPM) 

Fusing 

Flow 

*Restricted 

Flow 

Code Bleed Flow* 

(Orifice Size) 

15 0.4 mm (1/64") 

30 0.8 mm (1/32") 

60 1.6 mm (1/16") 

90 2.4 mm (3/32") 

120 3.2 mm (1/8") 

180 4.8 mm (3/16") 

250 6.4 mm (1/4") 

380 9.5 mm (3/8") 

500 12.7 mm (1/2") 

*QLF only. 



Elyria, Ohio, USA

Offer of Sale 

The items described in this document and other documents or descriptions provided by Parker Hannifin Corporation, its subsidiaries and its authorized 

distributors are hereby offered for sale at prices to be established by Parker Hannifin Corporation, its subsidiaries and its authorized distributors. This 

offer and its acceptance by any customer ("Buyer") shall be governed by all of the following Terms and Conditions. Buyer’s order for any such items, 

when communicated to Parker Hannifin Corporation, its subsidiary or an authorized distributor ("Seller") verbally or in writing, shall constitute acceptance 

of this offer. 

1. Terms and Conditions of Sale: All descriptions, quotations, proposals, 

offers, acknowledgments, acceptances and sales of Seller’s products 

are subject to and shall be governed exclusively by the terms and 

conditions stated herein. Buyer’s acceptance of any offer to sell is limited 

to these terms and conditions. Any terms or conditions in addition to, or 

inconsistent with those stated herein, proposed by Buyer in any acceptance 

of an offer by Seller, are hereby objected to. No such additional, 

different or inconsistent terms and conditions shall become part of the 

contract between Buyer and Seller unless expressly accepted in writing 

by Seller. Seller’s acceptance of any offer to purchase by Buyer is 

expressly conditional upon Buyer’s assent to all the terms and conditions 

stated herein, including any terms in addition to, or inconsistent with those 

contained in Buyer’s offer, Acceptance of Seller’s products shall in all 

events constitute such assent. 

2. Payment: Payment shall be made by Buyer net 30 days from the date 

of delivery of the items purchased hereunder. Amounts not timely paid 

shall bear interest at the maximum rate permitted by law for each month 

or portion thereof that the Buyer is late in making payment. Any claims by 

Buyer for omissions or shortages in a shipment shall be waived unless 

Seller receives notice thereof within 30 days after Buyer’s receipt of the 

shipment. 

3. Delivery: Unless otherwise provided on the face hereof, delivery shall 

be made F.O.B. Seller’s plant. Regardless of the method of delivery, 

however, risk of loss shall pass to Buyer upon Seller’s delivery to a carrier. 

Any delivery dates shown are approximate only and Seller shall have no 

liability for any delays in delivery. 

4. Warranty: Seller warrants that the items sold hereunder shall be free 

from defects in material or workmanship for a period of 18 months from 

date of shipment from Parker Hannifin Corporation. THIS WARRANTY 

COMPRISES THE SOLE AND ENTIRE WARRANTY PERTAINING TO 

ITEMS PROVIDED HEREUNDER. SELLER MAKES NO OTHER WAR- 

RANTY, GUARANTEE, OR REPRESENTATION OF ANY KIND WHAT- 

SOEVER. ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIM- 

ITED TO, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR PURPOSE, 

WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED, OR ARISING BY OPERATION OF 

LAW, TRADE USAGE, OR COURSE OF DEALING ARE HEREBY 

DISCLAIMED. NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, THERE ARE 

NO WARRANTIES WHATSOEVER ON ITEMS BUILT OR ACQUIRED 

WHOLLY OR PARTIALLY, TO BUYER’S DESIGNS OR SPECIFICA- 

TIONS. 

5. Limitation Of Remedy: SELLER’S LIABILITY ARISING FROM OR 

IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THE ITEMS SOLD OR THIS CON- 

TRACT SHALL BE LIMITED EXCLUSIVELY TO REPAIR OR RE- 

PLACEMENT OF THE ITEMS SOLD OR REFUND OF THE PURCHASE 

PRICE PAID BY BUYER, AT SELLER’S SOLE OPTION. IN NO EVENT 

SHALL SELLER BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUEN- 

TIAL OR SPECIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND OR NATURE WHATSO- 

EVER, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOST PROFITS ARISING 

FROM OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR 

ITEMS SOLD HEREUNDER, WHETHER ALLEGED TO ARISE FROM 

BREACH OF CONTRACT, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY, OR IN 

TORT, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, NEGLIGENCE, FAILURE 

TO WARN OR STRICT LIABILITY. 

6. Changes, Reschedules and Cancellations: Buyer may request to 

modify the designs or specifications for the items sold hereunder as well 

as the quantities and delivery dates thereof, or may request to cancel all 

or part of this order, however, no such requested modification or cancellation 

shall become part of the contract between Buyer and Seller unless 

accepted by Seller in a written amendment to this Agreement. Acceptance 

of any such requested modification or cancellation shall be at 

Seller’s discretion, and shall be upon such terms and conditions as Seller 

may require. 

7. Special Tooling: A tooling charge may be imposed for any special 

tooling, including without limitation, dies, fixtures, molds and patterns, 

acquired to manufacture items sold pursuant to this contract. Such special 

tooling shall be and remain Seller’s property notwithstanding payment of 

any charges by Buyer. In no event will Buyer acquire any interest in 

apparatus belonging to Seller which is utilized in the manufacture of the 

items sold hereunder, even if such apparatus has been specially converted 

or adapted for such manufacture and notwithstanding any charges 

5 

paid by Buyer. Unless otherwise agreed, Seller shall have the right to alter, 

discard or otherwise dispose of any special tooling or other property in its 

sole discretion at any time. 

8. Buyer’s Property: Any designs, tools, patterns, materials, drawings, 

confidential information or equipment furnished by Buyer or any other 

items which become Buyer’s property, may be considered obsolete and 

may be destroyed by Seller after two (2) consecutive years have elapsed 

without Buyer placing an order for the items which are manufactured using 

such property, Seller shall not be responsible for any loss or damage to 

such property while it is in Seller’s possession or control. 

9. Taxes: Unless otherwise indicated on the face hereof, all prices and 

charges are exclusive of excise, sales, use, property, occupational or like 

taxes which may be imposed by any taxing authority upon the manufacture, 

sale or delivery of the items sold hereunder. If any such taxes must 

be paid by Seller or if Seller is liable for the collection of such tax, the 

amount thereof shall be in addition to the amounts for the items sold. Buyer 

agrees to pay all such taxes or to reimburse Seller therefore upon receipt 

of its invoice. If Buyer claims exemption from any sales, use or other tax 

imposed by any taxing authority, Buyer shall save Seller harmless from 

and against any such tax, together with any interest or penalties thereon 

which may be assessed if the items are held to be taxable. 

10. Indemnity For Infringement of Intellectual Property Rights: Seller 

shall have no liability for infringement of any patents, trademarks, copyrights, 

trade dress, trade secrets or similar rights except as provided in this 

Part 10. Seller will defend and indemnify Buyer against allegations of 

infringement of U.S. Patents, U.S. Trademarks, copyrights, trade dress 

and trade secrets (hereinafter ‘Intellectual Property Rights’). Seller will 

defend at its expense and will pay the cost of any settlement or damages 

awarded in an action brought against Buyer based on an allegation that 

an item sold pursuant to this contract infringes the Intellectual Property 

Rights of a third party. Seller’s obligation to defend and indemnify Buyer 

is contingent on Buyer notifying Seller within ten (10) days after Buyer 

becomes aware of such allegations of infringement, and Seller having sole 

control over the defense of any allegations or actions including all 

negotiations for settlement or compromise. If an item sold hereunder is 

subject to a claim that it infringes the Intellectual Property Rights of a third 

party, Seller may, at its sole expense and option, procure for Buyer the 

right to continue using said item, replace or modify said item so as to make 

it noninfringing, or offer to accept return of said item and return the 

purchase price less a reasonable allowance for depreciation. Notwithstanding 

the foregoing, Seller shall have no liability for claims of infringement 

based on information provided by Buyer, or directed to items 

delivered hereunder for which the designs are specified in whole or part 

by Buyer, or infringements resulting from the modification, combination or 

use in a system of any item sold hereunder. The foregoing provisions of 

this Part 10 shall constitute Seller’s sole and exclusive liability and Buyer’s 

sole and exclusive remedy for infringement of Intellectual Property Rights. 

If a claim is based on information provided by Buyer or if the design for an 

item delivered hereunder is specified in whole or in part by Buyer, Buyer 

shall defend and indemnify Seller for all costs, expenses or judgments 

resulting from any claim that such item infringes any patent, trademark, 

copyright, trade dress, trade secret or any similar right. 

11. Force Majeure: Seller does not assume the risk of and shall not be 

liable for delay or failure to perform any of Seller’s obligations by reason 

of circumstances beyond the reasonable control of Seller (hereinafter 

‘Events of Force Majeure’). Events of Force Majeure shall include without 

limitation, accidents, acts of God, strikes or labor disputes, acts, laws, 

rules or regulations of any government or government agency, fires, 

floods, delays or failures in delivery of carriers or suppliers, shortages of 

materials and any other cause beyond Seller’s control. 

12. Entire Agreement/Governing Law: The terms and conditions set 

forth herein, together with any amendments, modifications and any 

different terms or conditions expressly accepted by Seller in writing, shall 

constitute the entire Agreement concerning the items sold, and there are 

no oral or other representations or agreements which pertain thereto. This 

Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the law of the State of Ohio. 

No actions arising out of the sale of the items sold hereunder or this 

Agreement may be brought by either party more than two (2) years after 

the cause of action accrues. 

9/91-P 



Elyria, Ohio, USA


DAMAGE. 








WARNING 

Offer of Sale 







Tel: (440) 366-5200 

Fax: (440) 366-5253 



3C, 3/04, PHD

H - Parker Hannifin - Solutions for the Truck Industry

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

Delete template?

Save as template?